Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

40th Annual Convention; Chicago, IL; 2014

Poster Sessions for Sunday, May 25, 2014


Manage My Personal Schedule

 

Poster Session #202
EAB Sun Noon
Sunday, May 25, 2014
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
1. The Effect of Delay of Reinforcement on Reinforcer Accumulation by Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Luis Cruz (National University of Mexico), CARLOS A. BRUNER (National University of Mexico)
Abstract: Rats usually consume a response-produced food pellet immediately. However, increasing the effort to access food (e.g., distancing the food tray from the response lever), reliably results in food accumulation. These results are difficult to interpret because increases in response effort necessarily confounds the time required to access reinforcement. This experiment was conducted to study the effects of delay of reinforcement on food accumulation. Each of three rats received 50 trials daily in a chamber equipped with two retractable levers. A trial began with the extension of the left lever for 20 s. Leverpresses had no immediate consequence but were counted. When the left lever was retracted a waiting period of either 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 or 64 s began. After the waiting period, the right lever was extended for 20 s and each press resulted in a food pellet. The number of pellets was limited to left-lever responses at the beginning of the trial. Results showed that the number of pellets consumed was a negatively increasing function of lengthening the waiting period, suggesting that delay of reinforcement has indeed been confounded with response effort in previous studies. Implications for the decreasing delay-of-reinforcement gradient are discussed.
 
2. Tastier Treats for Rats? An Investigation of Relative Reinforcer Effectiveness of Various Flavored Bio-Serv® Pellets
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JESSICA BUCCILLI (Central Michigan University), Robin Kuhn (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: Sensitive and reliable measures of behavior are necessary to adequately evaluate the effectiveness of reinforcers. Progressive-ratio schedules have been shown to generate sensitive and reliable measures of reinforcer effectiveness across reinforcers, as indicated by differential break points. In the present study, five rats responded under a progressive-ratio schedule to assess the reinforcing effectiveness of unflavored sugar, unflavored grain, banana grain, grape, chocolate, and banana sucrose pellets (Bio-Serv®). Surprisingly, results of the progressive-ratio assessment indicated that there were no systematic differences in the reinforcing effectiveness of the qualitatively different pellets, therefore two follow-up experiments were conducted. First, rats were presented with the various pellet types in multiple stimulus without replacement and free operant preference assessments. Second, the weights of the rats were increased to 95% free-feeding weight (from 85%) prior to conducting another progressive-ratio assessment for the individual pellet types. The results of these studies underscore the importance of considering factors that may influence interpretations of reinforcer effectiveness, namely schedule requirement and deprivation level.
 
3. Effects of Water Deprivation on Sucrose Consumption by Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CLARISSA PEREIRA (University of Sao Paulo), Paula Debert (University of Sao Paulo)
Abstract: Chronic Mild Stress (CMS) is an animal model of depression studied by different areas of research into the causes and "attenuators" of this problem, in which rats are subjected to a protocol of moderately aversive stressors applied chronicaly. Decreased intake and preference for sweet liquid substance by subjects submitted to the protocol is observed. In a study on the role of the deprivation of food and water in the set of stressors, Pereira (2009) did not observe the effects of decreased intake and preference for sucrose. The deprivation of food and water imposed previously to the protocol was raised as possibly being responsible for the results, given it differed in many aspects to what was done by Willner et al. (1987), and that it has been found as affecting consumption of sucrose (Matthews et al., 1995). The aim of the present study was to investigate the role of water deprivation specifically in the stress protocol. Three groups of subjects were proposed: Protocol (subjected to the full protocol), Deprivation (subjected only to the deprivation of water present in the protocol) and Control (no deprivation or any other stressors applied, only the intake and preference tests). Both the protocol and the deprivation were carried out in a manner similar to what was proposed by Willner et al. Preliminary results show that (1) both the deprivation of water itself and the protocol as a whole are able to affect the sucrose intake of the subjects, in a manner that seems to be similar between the two groups; (2) the consumption shown by the subjects of the control group also shows changes among the tests, which is interpreted as a sensitivity of the test to variables other than what was programed in the experiment (water deprivation or stress protocol). These results pose the question of whether the consumption and preference for sweet solutions is a good measure of the effects of the stress protocol or water deprivation, as it is used in the literature of the CMS model.
 
4. Effects of Moving Direction of an Imprinted Stimulus as a Reinforcer on Chicks’ Operant Responses
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
FUKUKO HASEGAWA (Tokiwa University), Tetsumi Moriyama (Tokiwa University)
Abstract: As chicks usually follow their mothers moving away from them in their natural habitats, moving direction of an imprinted stimulus from chicks seems to have some effects on their filial responses. Further, an imprinted stimulus comes to be a reinforcer for chicks’ operant responses. The present study investigated the effects of moving direction of an imprinted stimulus on chicks’ operant responses reinforced by the stimulus. Seven newly hatched chicks were imprinted to a moving red cylinder, and trained to emit key-peck responses using the stimulus as a reinforcer. The stimulus moved back and forth in the apparatus. After that, we investigated the effects of the moving direction of the stimulus on their key-peck responses based on a modified multiple-baseline design. In the first baseline condition, the stimulus moved back and forth. In the second condition, four chicks of them were exposed to the stimulus approaching them. The remaining three chicks were exposed to the stimulus moving away from them. In the last condition, each chick was exposed to the stimulus moving in the opposite direction. The results showed the effects of the movement of the imprinted stimulus as the reinforcer on the chicks’ operant responses remained to be investigated.
 
5. Omni-Directional Light Device for Operant Conditioning in Planaria
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DALE C. GREGORY (Western Michigan University), Neil Deochand (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Planaria are cephalized flat worms that demonstrate exceptional regenerative capabilities. There has been renewed interest in operant conditioning planarians as a result of using automated behavior analysis devices (Blackiston et al., 2010; Schromat & Levin, 2013). The planaria will sometimes become dormant and reduce the surface area of its body to light exposure. This response can interfere with testing, therefore an onmi-directional device for delivering light was constructed to utilized light alone, rather than combining shock and light in an attempt to train two discrete operant responses. These two studies could help better inform future research on how to best shape more sophisticated operant behavior and conceptualize how to invest the physiological properties of this organism from the standpoint of a behavioral assay.
 
6. Effects of Different Consequences Used in the Training of Pre-requisite Abilities to Solve a Problem in Pigeons (Columba livia)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Hernando Borges Neves Filho (Universidade de São Paulo), Rodrigo Dicezare (Universidade de São Paulo), Daniel Assaz (Universidade de São Paulo), MIRIAM GARCIA-MIJARES (Universidade de Sao Paulo)
Abstract: In the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, a series of works with pigeons suggested the spontaneous interconnection of previously acquired behavior (SIPA) as a process behind new behavior. There are, however, few studies exploring the parametric variables responsible for SIPA. The present work manipulated the consequences used during the training of two abilities necessary to solve a problem. Four pigeons (Columba livia) were trained to 1) push a box towards a green light placed at random, with food as consequence, and 2) to climb and peck a steel ring, with water as consequence. In the final test, the pigeons had to push the box towards the steel ring (a repertoire never explicitly trained), climb the box and peck the ring. None of the subjects solved the problem. After this first failure, all subjects went through retraining of the two abilities, this time using the same reinforcer for both, food. Half the subjects then solved the task, in different manners, suggesting that the kind of reinforcer used in the training of each ability is a crucial variable for the interconnection of independently trained repertoires in a test situation.
 
7. Stimulating Research in Comparative Psychology with the Affordable Propeller Experiment Controller
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CHRIS VARNON (Oklahoma State University), Charles I. Abramson (Oklahoma State University)
Abstract: A common theme throughout research in learning and behavior is the need for automated experimental techniques. This necessity is especially prevalent in comparative psychology, where specialized equipment is required to study a variety of species. Unfortunately, commercial research equipment is often expensive and primarily focuses on only the most popular laboratory species. These issues can be a hindrance for comparative research, and we have found that custom engineered automation presents an affordable and powerful solution. After exploring many alternatives, we designed the Propeller Experiment Controller specifically to address the needs of behaviorists and comparative psychologists. We believe that inexpensive automation systems, such as the Propeller Experiment Controller, can generate new interest in comparative psychology by making truly comparative experiments an affordable possibility. Additionally, low-cost automation also creates new possibilities for classroom experiments on principles of behavior, and application such as automated enrichment at farms and zoos. This presentation will discuss issues in implementing custom designed automation, describe equipment used by our laboratory, and provide an introduction to using the Propeller Experiment Controller for application, research and teaching demonstrations in comparative psychology.
 
8. Compound Symmetry With Matrix Algebra
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory
J.C. PEDRO ARRIAGA-RAMIREZ (UNAM FES Iztacala), María Guadalupe Ortega-Saavedra (FES Iztacala UNAM), Angela Maria Hermosillo-Garcia (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Sara E. Cruz-Morales (FES Iztacala UNAM)
Abstract: Compound symmetry is a condition that shows that the different conditions in a repeated measures experiment are independent. Compound symmetry and homogeneity of variances are two critical conditions in repeated measures designs. In this work, we show how compound symmetry is calculated and how a hypothesis of independence of conditions is reliably accepted using matrix algebra. We show with a database how to calculate a variance-covariance matrix and how to evaluate the hypothesis that the compound symmetry condition is tenable, and the independence of conditions. In addition, we show how with matrix algebra calculations are easier and with fewer steps, we obtain the criteria to evaluate both conditions, compound symmetry and homogeneity of variance. We show how to use the program Math Cad to work with matrix algebra. This program is easier to use than other database programs such as Excel. This program produces variance-covariance matrices in few steps. In addition, the program calculates determinants in one-step.
 
9. Choosing Conventional MTS Tasks versus MTS Tasks Embedded in a Game Context: Effects on Reading Acquisition
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DEISY DAS GRAÇAS DE SOUZA (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Leonardo Brandão Marques (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract: The improvement of literacy rates depends critically on effective teaching procedures. A computerized teaching program for individual application has been successful in teaching rudimentary reading skills to children with a history of school failure (de Rose et al., 1996). The program comprises a series of 20 lessons. Each lesson is a combination of four blocks of MTS and CRMTS tasks: the students learn to match pictures to spoken words and printed words to spoken words; they also match (through constructed response MTS) printed words to identical printed words (transcription). Tests evaluate emergent relations between pictures and printed words and emergent reading (textual behavior) and writing (dictation taking). The main evidence of the efficacy of this teaching program is that, after completing it, the students read most of the words included in the lessons and they also read novel words (recombinative reading). However, keeping the students engaged in these learning activities has been a challenge. This study evaluated the impact of ludic (game-like) activities on the maintenance of the behaviors required to complete the teaching lessons. Two teaching conditions were available at the beginning of each session and the stundent could choose among those two conditions.: (1) Condition one presented standard matching-to-sample (MTS) and CRMTS tasks on a plain background; (2) Condition two presented mini-games interspersed among the same MTS and CRMTS tasks. The research questions were whether the students would prefer Condition 2 (would it function as a ludic environment?) over Condition 1 and whether Condition 2 had and improving effect on the overall results of the teaching program. On both conditions the same four trial blocks were presented in the same order. A stringent criterion of 100% correct was required on each block. Two interval variables was tested for 2 groups. The majority of the participants showed a preference for Condition 2, across the teaching sessions, suggesting that the games played a "ludic"or motivational function. Further evidences of the motivational effects of the mini-games were more spontaneous engagement on the computer tasks and less errors. Learning rates and the amount of words read and written correctly at the end of the teaching program were similar under both conditions. The games were an effective tool to enhance the power of the reinforcing contingencies involved in the original teaching proce
 
10. The Effects of Different Conditions of Shaping in Lever Pressing Acquisition
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
IVÁN BÁRCENAS (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carlos Torres (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara), Gonzalo Fernandez (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Abstract:

Shaping procedures are widely used in the experimental analysis of behavior. However, these procedures include a variety of ways in their implementation, which could have an effect on the strength of the operant (frequency and / or response rate). The present study aims to evaluate different conditions of shaping and their effect on performance in temporal schedules. Twelve rats served as subjects, divided into 3 groups at random. Group 1 was exposed to three experimental phases. In the first phase, the rats were exposed to a schedule of non-contingent delivery FT 60s. Later, during phase 2, rats were exposed to a concurrent schedule crf-FT 60 s. Finally, during Phase 3, subjects were exposed to a temporal schedule, the T cycles lasted 60 s. Group 2 was exposed to the same conditions as Group 1, except for the FT 60 s schedule. Subjects in group 3 were exposed only to the temporal schedule. The results showed that Group 1 presented a response distribution closer to the T cycle length rather than the other two groups.

 
11. Emergent Symbolic Matching in Elderly With Alzheimer's Disease
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARIANA DUCATTI (Rosana Ducatti Souza Almeida), Andreia Schmidt (University of Sao Paulo)
Abstract: The emergent symbolic matching (ESM) occurs when an undefined sample stimulus is related with an undefined comparison stimulus without previous teaching. The purpose of this study was to investigate if elderly with dementia, residents the long-stay institutions, demonstrate ESM in matching to sample (MTS) task. Participants were five elderly women, between 75 and 91 years, one of which was diagnosed with mild cognitive impairment and the others with Alzheimer's dementia (AD). An auditory-visual MTS task was conducted with four names of people (A) as sample and four pictures of people (B) as comparisons. A sample stimulus (A1) was presented with a comparison stimulus (B1) for six consecutive trials. After, a new sample was introduced (A2) with two comparisons stimuli (B1 -B2) for six consecutive trials; then, a block of six trials with the relations A1B1-A2B2 was presented. The stimuli A3 and A4 were introduced gradually in the training (in blocks of six consecutive trials, like A1B1 and A2B2 training) and the corresponding comparison stimuli were also introduced gradually. All elderly demonstrated ESM on the first trial in which the new sample and comparison stimulus were presented, but elderly with AD showed no maintenance of the relations throughout the study.
 
12. How Hard is a Rat Willing to Work to Release a Trapped Rat?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LISA HIURA (Reed College), Lavinia C. M. Tan (Reed College), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College)
Abstract: Although social reinforcers are widely used throughout the experimental analysis of behavior, their relative reinforcing value is poorly understood. To better assess the value of social reinforcement, we used a novel experimental paradigm in which rats lever presses opened a trap door and released a second rat from a restraint. Three pairs of rats were studied: one in each pair was the free rat, whose responses were examined; the other was the trapped rat, which could escape when the door was raised. Free rats were first trained to lever press for food on a progressive (PR) ratio schedule, in which the requirements increased by 1 response with each PR reinforcer. Free rats were then studied in the escape procedure in which responses released a trapped rat into the chamber for 10 seconds of social reinforcement. Break points (largest completed ratio) were established and maintained under both food and social reinforcement, indicating that both events functioned as effective reinforcers, though were consistently higher under food than social reinforcement. Subsequent conditions will explore the effects of social deprivation on social reinforcement.
 
13. Probability of Reciprocation in Situations of Risk
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
STEPHANIE STILLING (Western Michigan University), Zachary Zimmermann (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: This study experimentally investigated human sharing in laboratory tasks that simulate environmental variability and resource scarcity (shortfall risk). The project looked to determine whether a risk-reduction model of sharing developed by evolutionary biologists (derived from a risk-sensitive optimization model known as the energy-budget rule) can predict human cooperative behavior. Twelve participants responded to earn points exchangeable for money when point gains were unpredictable. Failures to acquire sufficient points resulted in a loss of accumulated earnings (a shortfall). Participants were given the choice between working alone or working with others and sharing accumulated earnings. The difficulty of meeting the earnings requirement was manipulated across conditions by changing the probability of reciprocation of the partner to investigate the effects of economic context on sharing. Sometimes sharing was the optimal strategy, and other times working alone was the optimal strategy. Results indicate that participants chose the sharing option when it was optimal to do so; thereby conforming to the predictions of the risk-reduction model of sharing. These results contribute to the understanding of how environmental context and social stimuli influences cooperation and sharing in situations involving risk.
 
14. Risk as a Function of Response Effort to Gain Points
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
RYAN C. SPEELMAN (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Individuals take risks when they invest, gamble or play games of chance. The amount of risk taken may depend on whether the item risked was earned, won or awarded. Losses may be less aversive when playing with “house money” contributing to greater overall risk. Conversely an investment of time, money or resources in acquiring an item may increase the subjective value of the item leading to less overall risk. The purpose of this study is to measure the level of risk as a function of the response effort required to gain points. Twenty-five competitive basketball players were recruited and randomly assigned to one of three groups each representing either a low, moderate or high work requirement to earn points. Participants were then given shots of varying point values and degrees of difficulty in which to wager points. Results indicate participants who required a low response effort to gain points took significantly more risk as evidenced by choosing shots with the least probability of success. Those that were required to earn their points took significantly less risk evidenced by choosing shots with the highest probability of success.
 
15. Behavioral Analytical Measures of an Animal Model of Autism Based on Maternal Immune Activation
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARIA ISABEL MUNOZ BLANCO (University of Nevada, Reno), Kenneth Hunter (School of Medicine, University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Rebekah Aquino (University of Nevada, Reno), David Legaspi (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The epidemiology of autism spectrum disorders (ASD) has shown a significant increase over the past years (Newschaffer, et al., 2007). There is evidence that individuals diagnosed with autism exhibit histological changes in the hippocampus (Bauman & Kemper, 1994; Bailey et al, 1998; Kemper & Bauman, 1998). Part of the research on neuropathology includes the study of inflammatory changes in the brain (i.e. Welch et al. 2005). The Maternal Immune Activation project (MIA) was created to investigate the notion that the neuropathology of autism is caused at least in part by the brains response to inflammation by providing a behavioral account of the most characteristic symptoms of autism. In order to accomplish this goal, a group of treated and a group of untreated mice are being tested with respect to their social interactions, learning patterns and maintenance as well as habituation tests. These measures were selected as a follow up from research on behavioral characteristics observed in children with autism (i.e. Bijou & Ghezzi, 1999; Spandin & Brady, 1999; Szabo, 2013). The present poster shows results from this project. Early data analysis show differences between control and experimental group in all the variables controlled.
 
16. The Influence of Multivariable Data Displays on Problem Solving: An Analog of Resource Allocation
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MOLLI LUKE (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Multivariate data displays serve as a way to enable evidence-based decisions in the context of complex, interrelated variables. They describe complex events and make relations along various dimensions more salient (Tufte, 1983, 1990). Data displays are a frequent tool for communication, yet, as stated by Gilbert (2007), “data are plentiful, but data are not information until they tell us something” (p. 67). Therefore, it is importance to evaluate the communication components that will ensure the data are presented in a way that is valuable to the audience. The ubiquity of data displays to guide decision making and problem solving, especially by researchers, leaders and policy makers necessities research to understand how communication of multivariate data displays influence problem solving. This poster describes a study that evaluated the effects of two forms data displays (line graph and tables) as well as the effect of strategic instructions on the accuracy of problem solving. Results indicated that with strategic instructions and line graphs, participants had more accurate predictions of future trends in the data. In the presence of tables, accuracy was lower, even after strategic instructions. Implications and future research on effective communication using data displays is discussed.
 
17. An Investigation of Social Values in Relation to Social Action by way of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
GENEVIEVE M. DEBERNARDIS (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: In generating social change, it is important to consider the relationship between an individual’s values and their accompanying actions. One method of revealing these values is through the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP). During this assessment, an individual is shown a series of pairings of category items and terms. This procedure can be used to measure the implicit attitudes and beliefs of an individual. Given the great need for community action pursuant to combating child sex trafficking, it is clear that an investigation of how individuals’ values and actions are aligned is called for. A better understanding of this relationship may lead to more effective methods for generating community support and social change. Results from this study help to reveal the relationship between an individual’s self report (i.e., survey), social values (i.e., IRAP performance) and social action (i.e., degree of volunteerism) in regards to the issue of child sex trafficking. These findings also reveal useful information about the IRAP as an assessment tool and its predictive validity with respect to action. Ways in which agencies can target the community for involvement with social change are also discussed.
 
18. Probability and Accuracy of Feedback as Conditions to Analyze Interactive Styles in Ambiguous Situations
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ELIA NATALIA FUENTES GONZALEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carlos Torres (Universidad de Guadalajara), Nora Rangel (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Abstract: An experiment was carried out in order to identify interactive styles through an ambiguous situation. Interactive styles, defined as within-subjects consistencies and differences between-subjects, should occur across time and across situations. Two variables have been selected to design two kinds of ambiguous situations: probability of occurrence of feedback and accuracy of feedback. Eight adults were exposed to two experimental conditions in three phases to a code-breaking game (Mastermind) involving on one hand the probability of occurrence of feedback (with a direct replication) and on the other hand the accuracy of feedback (like a systematic replication). Participants were assigned to two groups exposed to a different order of the values of each condition. The results showed reliable profiles in all participants when the permanence time in the situation was correlated with the number of attempts to solve the task, and each of them with the feedback condition presented. In two of the three phases, regardless the order and the codes found, the results support the reliability of within-subject consistencies across time and situations. However, in the first condition presented, there were more individual differences than in replications.
 
19. Chess and Behavioral Processes
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MACK S. COSTELLO (Western Michigan University), Neil Deochand (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Constructs in behavior analysis are perhaps more strongly linked to overt behavior and less tangled in theoretical terms. Two learning processes that are well studied in behavior analysis are contingency-shaped behavior and rule-governed behavior. While these processes do not exactly match on to their cognitive process counterparts (intuition and deliberative thinking, for example), contingency shaped behavior can be thought of as playing a part in intuition, or being functionally similar, depending on the level of analysis. Both involve behavior that is not necessarily conscious or thought out. The same similarities can be gleamed with rule-governed behavior and deliberative thinking. Both involve decision making within constraints, and may require more cognitive effort than their unconscious counterparts. Chess skills certainly involve rule-governed behavior (i.e., players memorize many different openings and endgames for different scenarios) and contingency-shaped behavior (i.e., skills increase through being placed in unfamiliar scenarios and finding ways to win; this occurs through playing many games normally). The study reported here evaluated chess play among players of differing skill levels. This procedure was used to track changes in chess playing as a function of various training procedures, some designed to show rule governed behavior, some designed to show contingency shaped behavior.
 
20. Behavior of Young People in Final Competition of Tae Kwon Do
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DEYANIRA SOLACHE (Universidad Autonoma de Aguascalientes), Ana del R. Cervantes-Herrera (Universidad Autonoma de Aguascalientes), Francisco J. Pedroza-Cabrera (Universidad Autonoma de Aguascalientes)
Abstract: The combat competition Tae Kwon Do is performed by classifying competitors by gender, age and weight (category). Particularly the intermediate category (Light) is characterized by the speed of ultra-light categories and strength of heavy categories. As this category is presented as one of the strongest in the competitions of Tae Kwon Do. Within the XVIII National Olympic tournament of Tae Kwon Do held in Aguascalientes, Mexico in 2013 were recorded and analyzed the final fights of 8 young fighters, belonging to the Light category, according to their age. Two men aged 13 and 37-39Kg. (81.57-85.98Lb), two females aged 15 and 45-46Kg. (99.20-101.41Lb), two boys aged 17 and 56-59Kg. (123.45-130.07Lb), and two females aged 20 and 58-62Kg. (127.86-136.68Lb). The analysis was performed under an exhaustive and exclusive code observation consists of 4 components: offensive behavior (kicking and punching), defensive behavior (blocks), unsportsmanlike conduct and tactical resources (guards, feints, etc.). The results were proceeding in rate per minute due this 8 fights differ in duration. The results from this observation allowed the designee of suggestions for coaches with students belonging to these categories, in order to get changes in fighters's behavioral patterns, to achieve combat effectiveness and better results in upcoming competitions.
 
21. Operant Recombination Applied to a Martial Arts Context: Teaching Karate-Do Fighting Through Recombination of Single Strikes and Sequences of Strikes
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
TIAGO FRANCA (i5 - Behavior Coaching Institute), Elenice Seixas Hanna (Universidade de Brasilia)
Abstract:

The present study investigated the effect of the training of strike units and strike sequences over the performance in a simulated Karate-do fight and offers a new methodology to study learning in martial arts, based on the Operant Recombination paradigm. Four university students from 18 to 30 years old, with no previous experience in martial arts, were divided into two groups: Group Element (P1 and P2) where the participants started learning single strikes, and Group Sequence (P3 and P4) were the participants started learning strike sequences. The participants performed two experimental conditions. In Element Condition, 6 strike units of punches and kicks were taught and, in Sequence Condition, 4 sequences built with three strike units were trained. Each condition was composed of three stages of training (acquisition, standing focus and moving focus). During acquisition Karate-do strike units or strike sequences were taught by instruction, shaping and modeling. In standing focus stage the participant practiced the previously learned strikes on a stationary target. In moving focus stage the participant repeated the previously learned strikes on a moving target. All participants learned quickly and with fewer errors all the strikes and sequences. Before and after each condition a test with a real adversary was held. In the tests the adversary punched and kicked slowly and repeatedly. The training increased the movement rates of strikes in subsequent tests. The Element Condition increased the rates of strike units and the Sequence Condition increased the rates in strike sequences. Each experimental condition ended with generalization test, just like a Karate-do fight. In these tests the movements of defense were more frequent and attacks decreased compared to the previous test, but there was no systematic effect of the experimental conditions. During the fights the participants used the strikes and sequences previously taught, but also sequences that were not taught with strike combination. The results were discussed based on studies of recombinative learning and methodological refinements were suggested.

 
22. Experimental Analysis of Fear Behavior in Children and Adults
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LESLIE VALERIA BRISENO ZAMORA (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Christian Cruz (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Alejandro Ceron Martinez (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Veronica Luna Hernandez (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico)
Abstract:

Within psychology Interbehavioral has begun analysis of fear, based on the theoretical elucidations performed was marked the same as: a) A particular type of behavior, b) An interaction that requires a conventional reagent system (language), because the person makes linguistic constructions regarding an event, object or organism, this constructions are made according with the individual's referential and/or situational history; and c) Fear behavior is configured as a behavioral tendency. In order to empirically test the fear behavior characterization, a study was conducted, the aim was: evaluate the effects of the referential history on the behavior of fear in children and adults. Participate 10 children (between 10 and 12 years of age) and 10 adults (between 20 and 25 years of age), they were assigned to one of three groups: 1) Control Group, 2) Confirmed Referential History Group, and 3) Denied Referential History Group. The results were discussed around to the Interbehavioral notion of fear, mainly emphasizing in linguistic constructions made by the participants.

 
23. The Contribution of Maximum Point Criteria and Treatment Integrity Failures on the Effectiveness of the Good Behavior Game
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JOLENE R. SY (Saint Louis University), Kathleen Mack (Saint Louis University), Olivia Gratz (Saint Louis University), Sarah Koerkenmeier (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Problematic behavior is a common barrier to learning during academic instruction. The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a contingency management system that is effective in reducing problematic behavior in various grade levels (e.g., Barrish et al., 1996; Donaldson et al., 2011). It involves dividing a class into teams, establishing a maximum point criterion, scoring points contingent upon instances of for problem behavior, and providing reinforcement to the lowest-scoring team and team(s) that perform below criterion. We explored the effectiveness of the GBG with a previously unexamined population: students diagnosed with emotional disorders. We compared levels of problem behavior and treatment integrity across teacher- and researcher-implemented versions of the GBG using an alternating treatment plus reversal design. GBG efficacy was maintained even though teachers had 18% lower average treatment integrity relative to researchers. In addition, problem behavior was more likely to decrease relative to baseline when teachers used lower maximum point criteria relative to researchers. Results suggest that decreases in treatment integrity may not be problematic if maximum point criteria match decreased levels of treatment integrity.
 
24. Increasing Moderate-to-Vigorous Physical Activity in Preschool Children
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
ALLISON J. MORLEY (Syracuse University), Brian K. Martens (Syracuse University), Joseph E. Underberg (Syracuse University), Stephanie J. Long (Syracuse University)
Abstract: Low level of physical activity is an important contributor to childhood obesity. The present study evaluated the effects of fluency training in gross motor skills on preschool childrens levels of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity on the playground. Two typically-developing preschool-aged girls who engaged in low levels of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity participated. A multiple-probe design across 2 play contexts (outdoor toys, open space) was used to evaluate the effects of training 3 gross motor skills relevant to the outdoor toys context (i.e., jumping, hopping, alternate 1-foot/2-feet hopping) to a fluency criterion. Play probes during baseline and after the fluency criterion was met were conducted in both play contexts. Results showed increased levels of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity in the outdoor toys context but not the open space context after fluency training. Implications for the use of fluency training in gross motor skills as an efficient and practical way to increase levels of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity in children are discussed.
 
25. Analysis of Challenging Behavior's Patterns Using Web System for School and Preschool Aged Children With Disabilities of South Korea Focused on Residential Facilities
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
YUNHEE SHIN (Daegu University), Hyo shin Lee (Daegu University), Mi Young Jin (Daegu University), Jungbae Kang (Daegu University), Sungbum Kim (Daegu University), Chae jin Park (Daegu University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study is to determine challenging behavior's patterns for school and preschool aged children with disabilities by age in the Korean residential facilities. Participants were 13 residential facilities for disabilities in South Korea. The number of records were 1,151 for 10 years. The Data was analyzed by frequency analysis and percentage. Type of challenging behavior were aggressive, depression/anxiety, self injury behavior, anti-social behavior, stereotype, sexual abuse, somatic, eating, elimination, sleep problems, attention deficit by criteria of DSM-IV, Lee(2004). On-line behavior analysis system, Homi.Info was used for collecting data of challenging behaviors. The data's rate of agreement for accuracy was 89%. The results of this study are as follows, This table shows the frequency of challenging behaviors by age. The frequency of preschool aged is 241, school aged 8 to 13 years is 460, and the from 14 to 18 is 450. The total frequency is 1151. In preschoolers, the most frequent challenging behavior types are somatic, and SIB. Number of somatic is 82, and SIB is 75. Depression and anxiety are the next most frequent. These behaviors are correlated with medical problems. In school aged 8 to 13 years, there are 4 outstanding behaviors for this group. Number of somatic and SIB is still quite high in frequency. In addition, Elimination and Aggressive behavior are remarkably common in this age group. The most frequent behavior in this age group is Urinate in other inappropriate place as elimination type, with a frequency of 61. Frequency of teasing peers and biting peers as aggressive type are 23, 15, respectively. In the period of school aged, 14 to 18 children, behaviors are different from other age groups, Frequency of somatic and SIB are still presented but there are not high. Frequency of stereotype, depressive/anxiety, and attention deficit are higher than others. The patterns in this age group are various and wide. Therefore, children with disabilities in facility have different behavior patterns by age. Preschooler have noticeable somatic behaviors and SIB. School aged children(8 to 13) also have Somatic and SIB, and even elimination and aggressive. Elimination problem is not serious for preschooler, however, it's problem for school aged children by teacher's perception. School aged children(14 to 18) display more various challenging behavior-Stereotype, depressive/anxiety and Attention deficit behaviors-than other group.

 
26. The Application of Functional Analysis Procedures to Students’ Academic Responding
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MAUREEN O'CONNOR (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Edward J. Daly III (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Polly Daro (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Mallory Johnson (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Whitney Strong (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Mackenzie Sommerhalder (University of Nebraska-Lincoln)
Abstract: Although functional analysis has over 30 years of empirical support with a wide range of populations and behaviors, very few studies have applied the methodology to academic responding. In the current study, functional analyses were conducted with three 2nd-grade students referred for poor math computation fluency. The analyses included three common stimulus conditions, but the target for reinforcement was academic responding. A multielement design was used to examine the impact of the reinforcement conditions on each student’s rate of correct digits per minute. Results (displayed below) demonstrated that the functional analyses produced differentiated patterns of responding across students. For student 1 and 2, escape produced higher rates of correct digits per minute, whereas for student 3, comparable rates of correct digits per minute were obtained for the attention and escape conditions and both were superior to the control condition. The results of this study suggest that differentiated stimulus function can be obtained for at least one form of academic responding. Given that many students with behavior problems in schools have concurrent academic deficits, these results may stimulate future research on stimulus function for academic repertoires as a more efficient method for identifying potential behavioral targets for intervention programs.
 
27. The Relation Between Assessment Session Length and Identified Function(s) of Problem Behavior
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER ANDERSEN (The University of Iowa), Anna Ing (The University of Iowa), Shaun Wilkinson (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: Functional analysis of problem behavior (FA) is the premier assessment model to identify the function of problem behavior and to inform treatment decisions. Applied settings often face limitations on the amount of time available to complete these analyses. Thus, the effects of reducing the length of each assessment session has been evaluated as a way to increase the efficiency of conducting an FA while maintaining valid results. Multiple studies have shown that briefer assessment sessions may yield similar response patterns to longer assessment sessions (Wacker, Berg, Harding, 2004; Wallace & Knights, 2003; Wallace & Iwata, 1999). Two differences between brief and extended assessment sessions are the amount of exposure to the establishing operation and opportunities to experience the reinforcement for problem behavior. The purpose of this study was to examine the relationship between session length and number of functions identified. Articles published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis between 1990 and 2011 were reviewed for inclusion in this analysis (n = 169). Preliminary data analyses suggest that the length of the assessment sessions may influence the likelihood of identifying multiple functions for problem behavior. Implications for assessment and treatment will be presented.
 
28. Analysis of the Scientific Practice in Research Training
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
ABDIEL FLORENTINO CAMPOS GIL (Universidad Veracruzana), Enríque Zepeta García (Universidad Veracruzana), Agustin Daniel Gomez Fuentes (Universidad Veracruzana)
Abstract: The approaches to the phenomenon of scientific research from psychology traditionally consider the method (as a set of rules for the attainment of true knowledge) is the logical category to which an individual must adjust their actions to ensure that the work is scientific. The model of Individual Scientific Practice (MPCI) that is proposed in this study assumes that the scientific research is an individual practice framed in socio-cultural interaction. (Ribes, 2010). The study included ten students of both sexes between 25 and 45 years old of a master’s program in research in applied psychology. The model author made some clarifications about Wittgenstein Notions and its use on the psychology. Base on these analysis the purpose of this study was evaluate the scientific practices of the group leader and the participant’s trough a matrix designed with the categories of the MPCI. First it was obtained the internal coherence of the matrix; second the participants analyzed the leader published articles, and third, the researchers evaluate the student’s research project, a report of progress and a final document. The latest paper supports the thesis. The results are analyzed from the similarities between scientific practice group leader and participants of this study.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #203
TPC Sun Noon
Sunday, May 25, 2014
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
29. Who Shot J.R.? An Analysis of Cumulative Kantor and Skinner References in The Psychological Record
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
Thomas Larum (St. Cloud State University), Alexis Washa (St. Cloud State University), BENJAMIN N. WITTS (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: Jacob Robert Kantor was a logician of science and was responsible for the creation and refinement of interbehaviorism, which is a natural science philosophy of behavior that emphasizes a field approach. Kantor's influence on behavior analysis is large, though many behavior analysts may be unaware of his impact. One of Kantor's many important contributions was the development of The Psychological Record, a peer-reviewed journal that focuses on basic, applied, and theoretical works of a behavior-analytic nature. While Kantor’s field-theoretical approach to behavior is still relevant, it may be the case that too little exposure is, at least in part, responsible for its limited acceptance. It is the purpose of the historical review to trace the references in The Psychological Record from its inception until 2012 comparing the references to J. R. Kantor and B. F. Skinner. In doing so, Kantor’s influence is measured against that of his counterpart. Results indicate that, generally speaking, Kantor’s influence was large and comparable to that of Skinner’s up until his death, while Skinner’s influence extended beyond his expiration. A discussion on the potential resurgence of interbehaviorism accompanies this analysis.
 
30. Detecting False Positives in Non-Concurrent Multiple Baselines
Area: TPC; Domain: Basic Research
MARISSA A. NOVOTNY (Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc.), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Joel Jelinski (St. Cloud State University), Elizabeth A. Lood (St. Cloud State University), Ayriel Steffes (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: This study evaluated the probability of generating false positives (i.e., increases in a hypothetical dependent variable without an independent variable) with three-tiered nonconcurrent multiple baseline (NMBL) designs. We generated four sets of three-tiered NMBL designs. The first, second, and third sets consisted of fixed A-phase data points for all three tiers at 0%, 25% and 50%, respectively, and randomly generated data points in the B phases. The fourth set consisted of randomly generated data points in the A and B phases for all three tiers. Results indicated that false positives were most probable with NMBL designs comprised of fixed A-phase data points when baseline levels were set at 25% or lower and one tier was excluded from visual inspection. Lastly, results indicate that no false positives were generated with NMBL designs containing randomly generated A-phase and B-phase data points based on visual inspection of either two or three tiers. We briefly discuss the implications and limitations of the findings from the current study.
 
31. Forced-Choice Philosophy
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (Brohavior), Mark Malady (Brohavior; HSI/WARC)
Abstract: In “From AI to Zeitgeist” (1988), Nicholas Henry Pronko provides a preliminary examination of the consequences for understanding behavior that different assumptions provide. His book comprises a series of topics in alphabetical order with the goal of providing his readers with a different view of the problems, questions, and quandaries bearing on the philosophy of science for psychology. The fundamental problems considered throughout this poster will not incorporate the latest findings of the field or references to the most recent literature. Intellectual gems will be included, however, in an attempt to both serve our purpose and with the aim of saving them from being buried in the cumulative dust of history, awaiting discovery once again. (Pronko, 1988). The presenters will utilize a graphical forced-choice procedure to help guide the learner through the topics discussed (over 90 topics ranging from Artificial Intelligence [AI] to Zeitgeist), providing attendees with a (re)kindled fire for the philosophy of the science for psychology.
 
32. Was Skinner a Sexist? An Analysis of Skinners Use of Gender-Biased Language
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
ANNA MARIE WHALEY (The University of Kansas), Edward K. Morris (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: B. F. Skinner was often considered a man ahead of times. Given his 1992 comment that, were he to rewrite Verbal Behavior, he would remove its gender-biased language (e.g., he/she), we explore changes in his use of that language over time and in comparison to his peers. Forty-five of his primary source works between 1930 and 1990 were quasi-randomly selected for review. They were classified by type (e.g., journal articles, chapters, books, book reviews) and by content (i.e., empirical, conceptual, methodological). And, they were searched and coded for sexist language (e.g., from PDFs converted to Word) based on the 1977 American Psychological Associations (APA) guidelines regarding sexist language. Our initial analysis shows that Skinner used gender-biased language in 28 of the 45 publications, but less often after 1974. Further analyses describe his use of sexist language by the type and content of his publications and in comparison to his peers. The discussion addresses how the changes in Skinners practices correlate with cultural changes (e.g., the womens movement), how they were confounded by changes in APAs guidelines, and the meaning of sexist language in Skinners time and our time.
 
33. Using Correlation Notation to Represent Behavioral Phenomena
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
SHELDON EBBELER (Quest Kids)
Abstract: Across scientific disciplines, including behavior analysis, fundamental principles related to the natural world are found by direct analysis of phenomena. However, “everyday language about behavior is not generally precise enough for technical or scientific description of behavior” (J. Michael, 1995). Since the 17th century, precise notations for symbolizing such complex relationships have facilitated not only the communication and refinement of these ideas but also the development of that field. The field of behavior analysis is without such a system. Correlation Notation provides a comprehensive means to systematically depict even complex behavioral phenomena. With just over a handful of symbols, the notation is parsimonious without being simplistic. This system is not aligned with any particular theory but rather simply describes interrelations—as those found between the environment and behavior. The notation constitutes an easy-to-use but powerful technology, for not only newcomers to behavior analysis but also scholars.
 
34. The Experimental Design: It's all in the Name, Right?
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
MICHAEL FANTETTI (Western New England University, Brohavior  ), Val Saini (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968) outline the need for behavior analysts, as scientists, to define their practices in a technological fashion. This means that a typically trained reader could replicate that procedure well enough to produce the same results (p. 95). By naming experimental designs, behavior analysts seek to streamline the process of dissemination for their research. However, over time, the names and uses for different experimental designs have become less clear. Through this poster, we seek to describe different experimental designs the way that they were suggested for use in behavior analysis and give some limitations that may be seen when using each design. We also make suggestions for pragmatic alterations to the way behavior analysts discuss these designs in the future. This includes the discussion of whether our current naming system appropriately captures the functional relations demonstrated and if there is a necessity for such a system as our science begins to ask more complex questions.
 
35. A Meta-Analytic Review of the Interrater Agreement between Visual Analysts
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
JENNIFER NINCI (Texas A&M University), Kimberly Vannest (Texas A&M University)
Abstract: Visual analysis is comprehensive in consideration of the indices of behavior change, which is in part why it is the most widely applied method of data interpretation in single-case research. A previous research synthesis on visual analysis by Ottenbacher (1993) demonstrated only low to moderate levels of interrater agreement between visual analytic ratings of graphed data. This is an issue of reliability, affecting the advancement of single-case research to more effectively contribute to the movement on evidence-based educational practices. We determined to statistically examine potential moderators affecting the variability in the proportion of interrater agreement between visual analysts in the interest of identifying factors which support the scientific principles of visual analysis. After a comprehensive search a total of 25 peer reviewed journal articles met criteria for inclusion, and seven articles were deemed to have homogeneous methods for a preliminary investigation of the mediators of reliable visual analysis. Of interest conceptually from the literature were the effects of participant characteristics and of training. Preliminary results suggest that specific training may increase the proportion of interrater agreement to meet more acceptable standards. The final analysis of studies is underway in evaluating the potential moderator of dichotomous versus multi-categorical rating scales.
 
36. On the Origin and Development of the Metacontingency Conceptual Framework: Variables that Controlled the Textual Verbal Behavior Related to its Proposal.
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
DIEGO ZILIO (State University of São Paulo), Kester Carrara (State University of São Paulo)
Abstract:

Our goal in this poster is to discuss the origin and development of the concept of metacontingency and of its auxiliary concepts (e.g., interlocking contingencies, aggregate product, macrocontingency, and receiving system) by analyzing the variables that controlled the textual verbal behavior related to its proposals. Three papers will be analyzed: (a) Glenns paper Metacontingencies in Walden Two, for being the first in which the term metacontingency appeared; (b) Glenns 1988 paper Contingencies and metacontingencies: toward a synthesis of behavior analysis and cultural materialism, since its one of the first in which Glenn added new terms and refined its definitions; and (c) Glenns and Malott 2004 paper Complexity and selection: implications for organizational change, for being one of the latest containing significant reviews and the proposal of a new concept. We will argue that the verbal behavior related to the origin and development of the metacontingency explanatory model was not based on empirical data, but mainly on (a) Skinners interpretations (as opposed to explanations) of social behavior (especially his book Science and Human Behavior, and paper Selection by Consequences); (b) Skinners utopian novel Walden Two, which is not an empirical source; and (c) analogies between the selection processes occurring at three different levels natural selection, operant selection and cultural selection which is not consensually well received by behavior analysts and by non-behavior analyst scientists and philosophers that work on the fields of evolutionary biology, sociology and anthropology. In this context, we intend to discuss some of the dangers of establishing a conceptual model of explanation which origin and development were not necessarily driven by data. The main problem is the verbal distance between the events studied by the scientist and his verbal behavior of proposing explanations, meaning that scientists verbal behavior is controlled by variables other than the phenomenon that he is trying to explain. This distance, by its turn, increases the probability of faulty inferences, surplus meaning, undesired speculations, and eventual lack of parsimony. We will argue that these problems should be viewed as a word of caution in the field of social behavior and metacontingency.

 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #204
EDC Sun noon
Sunday, May 25, 2014
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
37. Brief Experimental Analysis of Modeling Interventions for Oral Reading Fluency: Results From a Summer Program
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA COOLONG-CHAFFIN (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Michael I. Axelrod (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Reese Butterfuss (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Arianna Brown (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Nicole Fogarty (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Hannah Kalmon (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Jordan Simpson (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract: Brief experimental analysis (BEA) is an important tool used to guide intervention selection for learners who have failed to respond to standard reading instruction (Reschly, Coolong-Chaffin, Christenson & Gutkin, 2007). The purpose of this project was to examine how BEA procedures could be used to identify a potentially effective oral reading fluency intervention involving different types of modeling combined with practice. Participants were three elementary students who attended a summer reading program. An extended analysis examined the effectiveness of the indicated intervention over time when used within the context of a comprehensive reading instructional package. Results indicated that a promising intervention was identified for each participant and the effectiveness of each intervention varied by participant. The selected intervention led to large gains in words read correctly per minute across the reading program for the two participants who attended the majority of the sessions. The participant who attended fewer than half of the sessions did not make gains. These results extend the literature on BEA by comparing interventions that utilized different types of modeling combined with practice. The results also demonstrate how BEA-indicated interventions can be used within the context of a comprehensive instructional package for struggling readers over the summer.
 
38. Using a Prompt Fading Procedure to Teach Self-Questioning to Fifth Graders With Learning Disabilities: Effects on Reading Comprehension
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTINA A. ROUSE (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University), Jennifer Cullen (Ball State University), Mary Sawyer (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Students with learning disabilities, who often struggle with reading comprehension, can benefit from instruction on how to read strategically. One reading strategy that has been demonstrated to increase reading comprehension across a range of age and ability levels is self-questioning. Self-questioning enables students to be actively engaged in monitoring their reading comprehension by asking themselves questions about key elements of the text. In this study, two fifth graders with learning disabilities were taught to self-generate questions using a systematic prompt fading procedure. Specifically, the students were provided with expository reading passages with embedded questions. As each student demonstrated proficiency with answering the embedded questions correctly, the embedded questions were systematically faded and replaced with a prompt for the students to generate their own questions. A multiple-baseline across participants design demonstrated that the self-questioning intervention was functionally related to increased reading comprehension. Additionally, the students demonstrated maintenance and generalization outcomes.
 
39. Effects of Basic Elements to Improve the Rate of Reading of Corrective Readers
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SHEILA HABARAD (Morningside Academy), Geoff Martin (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Abstract An educational system places an unintentional ceiling on a student’s ability to advance to more challenging academic environments when reading instruction is mainly based on sight word training. Basic Elements is a unique program designed to ameliorate a reading repertoire compromised of sight words by teaching sounds in the form of nonsense words, emphasizing fluent decoding skills rather than memorization. Building the tool skills to fluently read nonsense words will not only improve decoding skills but it has also been proven to predict reading abilities. (Johnson and Street, 2013). Students, aging from 10-11 came to Morningside Academy with significant reading challenges due to a lack of decoding skills. The students, each placed into introductory reading instruction, continued to make errors across the first semester of school due to an inability to decode. The Basic Elements program was taught with group responding to maximize individual student responses as well as Precision Teaching to build fluency. It is predicted that this small addition to the students’ daily teaching block will not only result in a significant rate of reading with minimal errors but will also open up the doors to higher education.
 
40. Utilizing Student Performance to Select Appropriate Interventions for Reading Fluency and Comprehension
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN MCKINLEY (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract: When students are referred for reading problems, brief experimental analysis has shown to be an effective method for selecting interventions directly related to assessment results (Daly; VanAuken, Chafouleas, Bradley, & Martens, 2002; Jones, Wickstrom, & Daly, 2008), rather than interventions chosen at random. A brief experimental analysis of fluency and comprehension was conducted using easier material and a comprehension strategy. Participants were second grade children who were identified as being below critical benchmarks according to DIBELS progress monitoring scores. Materials consisted of Curriculum based measurement Passages. Visual Analysis of each condition lead to distinctly different student profiles that indicated: (a) no problem, (b) fluency problem, and (c) comprehension problem. This method may enhance further understanding of the basis of individual students’ reading comprehension problems. This type of assessment may lead to selection of interventions that are individualized, more effective, and less intrusive.
 
41. Using a Cover Copy Compare Study Strategy to Improve Spelling Performance
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
TERYN BRUNI (Central Michigan University), Heidi Fisher (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: Using a parent consultation model, a spelling intervention was implemented to improve spelling test performance of a 4th grade boy. Before implementation of the intervention, performance on classroom spelling assessments ranged from 20% to 60% correct. Strategies used prior to intervention included home practice that involved the student rewriting the words five times each. To increase spelling accuracy, a study strategy was introduced which required the student to look at the word, copy the word, cover the word, and then try to write the word without a model present. This strategy is known as cover-copy-compare (CCC) and has strong efficacy as an effective study strategy. Results show that the CCC procedure immediately improved spelling test performance. A natural withdrawal of intervention occurred (due to student illness) where performance immediately returned to baseline levels. After reinstating the CCC procedure, the student’s performance improved once again to above 90% accuracy on classroom assessments. Overall CCC was a successful intervention for improving spelling performance.
 
42. The Effect of Colored Overlay Versus No Overlay on Reading Fluency in Individuals With Dyslexia
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
TIFFANY FREEZE DENTON (The University of Memphis), James Nicholson Meindl (The University of Memphis)
Abstract: Colored filters are used in classrooms and homes to alleviate reading difficulties that are a result of learning disabilities including dyslexia. Colored overlays, one type of tinted filter, are plastic reading sheets tinted with color and placed over text (Wilkins, 2003) that are claimed to eliminate or alleviate a wide range of reading difficulties such as low reading rate, accuracy, and comprehension. Colored overlays were investigated in this study via a multielement design measuring correct words read per minute and errors across Overlay and No Overlay conditions. Undifferentiated responding resulted across two participants suggesting that colored overlays were not effective, and slight differentiated responding resulted in one participant suggesting that colored overlays decreased reading fluency for this individual. As a result, empirically validated reading techniques were implemented across individuals. These findings are discussed and recommendations are made in regards to the use of research-based reading interventions.
 
43. A Gadgeteer Goes to the Classroom: The History of Skinners Teaching Machines
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
ROGELIO ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract: A teaching machine is an automatic device that presents a unit of information, provides a mean for the learner to respond to the information, and provides feedback about the correctness of the response. Although Skinner did not invent the teaching machine, his machines incorporated innovative aspects that were crucial for developing a technology of education based on the principles of operant conditioning. An important aspect was that Skinner emphasized on designing machines that could teach new materials instead of only testing previously learned materials. This was achieved by presenting the material to be learned in units of gradually increasing difficulty, providing the means to construct a response, rather than just selecting one, and presenting feedback immediately after the response. Skinner designed a series of devices that gradually fulfilled his own requirements. This poster will show Skinners teaching machines, from the first devices designed during 1953 and 1954 that were home-made and simple in design, to the more complex machines intended to be commercialized by IBM and Rheem. Even though Skinners machines were not a commercial success, they originated the golden-age of teaching machines during the 1960s, and could inspire the creation of new instructional programs taking advantage of recent technology.
 
44. A Comparison of a Singular Exemplar Correction Versus a Multiple Exemplar Correction Procedure on the Number of Untaught Arabic Number Textual Responses.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CAROLINE MARY LOUISE CROSBIE (Teachers College, Columbia University), Timothy Michael Yeager (Teachers College, Columbia University), Derek Jacob Shanman (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Multiple exemplar instruction has been demonstrated as an effective teaching method leading to the emergence of untaught responses and the induction of missing verbal behavior developmental cusps and capabilities. Multiple exemplar procedures ask students to identify the correct stimulus among positive and negative exemplars. According to Greer and Ross (2008), general case instruction is one application of multiple exemplar instruction where "in order to teach a subset of a concept such that the abstraction to untaught examples occurs." The current study assessed two general case instructional methods, one with a singular exemplar correction and the other with a multiple exemplar correction procedure. In a multiple probe design, four participants received either multiple exemplar correction or a singular correction procedure, with intervention subsets of four stimuli of two-digit Arabic numbers within the range of 21-99, not including numbers ending in 0. The dependent variable was the participant's correct untaught textual responses to Arabic numbers 21-99. Both instructional procures led to participants emitting untaught textual responses, however the multiple exemplar correction procedure led to a greater number of untaught responses across all tens groups, whereas the singular exemplar correction procedure led to untaught responses confined to the tens category targeted in the intervention set.
 
45. Elementary Education in Mexico: Sequenced Conditions vs Random Conditions
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTIAN CRUZ (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico (UNAM)), Veronica Luna Hernandez (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico (UNAM)), Alejandro Ceron Martínez (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico (UNAM)), Leslie Valeria Briseno Zamora (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico (UNAM))
Abstract:

The formal education in Mexico has a structure that understands the gradual and progressive students performance. Apparently this approach promotes satisfactory results for the students, however, in the same conditions to which they are exposed students is possible to analyze the factors favoring sufficient or insufficient performance, in terms of problem solving. Hence in the present study the interest was focused on preparing different training conditions for elementary school students, the aim was evaluate the effects of implement conditions organized in sequence vs conditions organized in random order. Under the conditions organized in sequence, students had to move from the development of a skill to another, considering an increase in the level of complexity. Meanwhile, conditions organized in random order, students transiting from skill development to another, participating in varying levels of complexity. The results were discussed in terms of the potential benefits offered by the implementation of conditions organized in sequence and conditions organized in random order to formal education in Mexico.

 
46. Teachers as Tutors of a Computerized Program to Teach Reading to Hearing Impaired Children
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JACQUELINE P TENORIO (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Raquel Melo Golfeto (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Deisy das Graças De Souza (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: This research aimed to evaluate the performance of hearing impaired children in a computerized teaching program designed to teach rudimentary reading and writing (de Rose et al., 1996). The program was accessed through the Internet. The students used hearing aids or cochlear implant. A FM system connected to the computer transmitted the instructions directly to the student’s hearing aid. Each of three teachers supervised two students. A second objective was to evaluate the supervision. The teachers received instructions on the FM system and on the teaching program. The application of the program was checked weekly and teachers received additional instructions if necessary. Students’ scores on a reading pre-test were lower than 20%. Posttests were conducted after each teaching unit (1, 2, and final) and evaluated the words taught and novel words. All students improved their scores on reading and dictation-taking using CRMTS, but not handwriting; for some students, dictation taking improved more than reading, probably due to their difficulties in word pronunciation. The students’ pace was low, but it is premature to attribute this result to the population or to the supervision system. The teachers requested help concerning technical problems with the computer/Internet, difficulties in decision-making and in recording data.
 
47. Hawaii Preschool Positive Engagement Project: Parent Perceptions
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CARLA T. SCHMIDT (University of Hawaii at Manoa), Charlye Ramsey (University of Hawaii at Manoa), Jean Johnson (University of Hawaii at Manoa), Naomi Romboao (University of Hawaii at Manoa), Camille Rockett Rockett (University of Hawaii at Manoa), Matthew Schmidt (University of Hawaii at Manoa)
Abstract: Children who experience family stress in their preschool years are more aggressive, anxious, and less socially competent in Kindergarten compared to their peers who experience less family stress. The Hawaii Preschool Positive Engagement Project (HPPEP) is based on Positive Behavioral Interventions and Support with a modified Check-In Check-Out classroom intervention and First Step to Success homeBase+ parent intervention. The HPPEP aims to address the following objectives 1) Improve early learning outcomes for at-risk preschool students, 2) Build protective factors of families by facilitating parental positive engagement, 3) Address the professional development needs of Early Childhood Education by building knowledge of behavior management strategies. The First Step to Success homeBase curriculum is a six-week family centered intervention that promotes parents in teaching their children school readiness skills. In homeBase+, Project Coaches facilitate one-hour parent groups located at participating schools. Pre and post data from the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire are presented for 30 participants and results for the Parent Satisfaction Report are presented for 30 participants. Participant outcomes revealed a significant decrease in parent perception of their childs total difficulties and all parents reported high levels of satisfaction with the homeBase+ component of the HPPEP.
 
48. An Evaluation of the Effects of Task Preference on the Value of Choice in Typically Developing Preschool Children
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ROCIO CUEVAS (Penn State Harrisburg), Julie Spengler (Penn State Harrisburg), Tyler Loy (Penn State Harrisburg), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (Penn State Harrisburg)
Abstract: Providing choices has been a successful intervention for increasing appropriate and decreasing inappropriate behaviors in work and classroom settings; however, the mechanism responsible for this success is unknown. Choice may be a preferred condition, in and of itself, and that preference may decrease the how aversive an individual may find a work environment. If this is true, the opportunity to choose may be more valuable in situations in which less-preferred tasks are available. The current study replicated and extended previous research on the reinforcing value of choice by evaluating the effects of task preference in isolation to determine if there is an effect on participant’s preference for making choices. Results suggest that when the tasks presented are of moderate- and low-preference, the participant selected the child-choice option at a high frequency and at a more moderate frequency when the tasks presented were high-preferred. This indicates that although being given the opportunity to choose is a reinforcer across contexts, it may be more valuable in situations in which the tasks are less-preferred.
 
50. Using an Incremental Rehearsal Technique to Teach Letter Names to a Typically-Developing Three Year Old
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA L. YURICK (Cleveland State University)
Abstract: Incremental rehearsal has been shown to be an effective technique to teach young children letter recognition (Bunn, Burns, Hoffman, & Newman, 2005). Additionally, continuous reinforcement shcedules have been shown to strengthen behaviors, particularly in the acquisition phase (Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2007). In initial stages of learning, the optimal ratio of knowns to unknowns in conjunction with the leanest, but most effective reinforcement schedule remains an empirical question. This study evaluates these two variables across a letter naming task for a typically-developing three year old with no prior letter name knowledge. An alternating treatments design was used to evaluate the rate of letter naming acquisition among three levels of known to unknown ratios with three different reinforcement schedules. Sets were introduced in a counterbalanced fashion. Preliminary results indicate that the continuous reinforcement schedule in conjunction with the 4:1 ratio of knowns to unknowns yields the most efficient learning trajectory. However, additional phases of the study will investigate the juxtaposition of different ratios with different schedules. Implications for early literacy pedagogy will be discussed.
 
51. A Comparison of the Reinforcing Effectiveness of Different Types of Attention on Skill Acquisition in Typically Developing Preschool Children
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
VALERIE LACERRA (Penn State Harrisburg), Brandi Shives (Penn State Harrisburg), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (Penn State Harrisburg)
Abstract: Previous research on problem behavior has shown that different types of attention may be more effective reinforcers than other types. This is an important consideration for teaching new behaviors. Different types of attention (i.e., praise, conversation, or physical touch) may have varying levels of reinforcing efficacy for different children. The efficacy of these types of attention has been evaluated with regard to maintenance tasks, and shown a consistent differentiation of the efficacy of the different types; but little research has focused on their varying effect with regard to skill acquisition. The present study evaluated the reinforcing efficacy of three types of attention when delivered for an acquisition task. A multielement design was used in which three attention-type conditions (i.e., praise, conversation, or physical touch) were alternated in a quasi-random order to teach sight-word reading. Results showed that, all three types of attention functioned as a reinforcer, and that physical attention (e.g., high-fives and tickles) was most effective for both participants. These results indicate that physical attention, and not praise or conversation, should be used with these children to maximize skill acquisition.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #205
TBA Sun Noon
Sunday, May 25, 2014
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
52. Training Paraprofessionals in ABA Teaching Methods: Linear vs. Interactive Video Training Components
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
DEVON WHITE (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Richard W. Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Michelle M. Foran (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Patricia Luki (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Charles Hamad (University of Massachusetts Medical School)
Abstract: There is a well-known shortage of skilled paraprofessionals for delivering behavioral intervention services to children with Autism Spectrum Disorders. Online training geared toward preparing staff may be part of the solution. LearningABA, an asynchronous, online-training program, models on-the-job training through video instruction, video demonstration, and video simulation of real-life work with a child. Previous research has shown that the LearningABA curriculum is effective in establishing discrete-trial-training (DTT) skills, as measured during live performance. The present study is investigating what aspects of the training program may have led to participants’ success. To date, the DTT skills of 32 college students were assessed before and after one of three training conditions, to which they were randomly assigned. In the Linear Video condition, participants watched a video that depicted skilled paraprofessionals using DTT methods to teach pre-school tasks to children. In the Interactive Video condition, participants were exposed to onscreen simulation training, in which they taught preschool tasks to a virtual child, using DTT methods. In the Combined condition, participants were exposed to both linear and interactive video. Results to date show that the Combined condition resulted in the greatest pre-/posttest gains in accurately implementing DTT, with an overall gain slightly higher than that of the Linear Video condition. Both the Combined and Linear Video conditions were more effective than the Interactive Video condition. However, firm conclusions cannot yet be drawn; additional data collection is underway to increase group sizes and statistical power.
 
53. The Trainer-Training of Pivotal Response Teaching (PRT) for Students Majoring Pediatrics
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
AYUKO KONDO (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University)
Abstract: In Japan, there are not many doctors who can give ABA treatments to children with autism spectrum disorders. Pivotal Response Teaching (PRT) is one of the effective ABA treatments for children with ASD. Effects of PRT have been demonstrated in randomized controlled study (Dawson, 2010). It is important to disseminate the knowledge and therapy skills based on ABA for students majoring pediatrics. We conducted a one-day workshop for five students majoring pediatrics. Then, we examined whether five students improve their knowledge of PRT and skills of ABA therapy. Study design was a pre-post design. Before and after the workshop, five students took a ABA knowledge test. The workshop was 6 hours in total. During the workshop, they participated in PRT lecture, role-playing with peers and practice with two ASD boys. They also received video feedback from supervisor. The results showed that the 6 hours workshop improved the ABA knowledge and PRT skills of all students.
 
54. The Effects of a Group Training Procedure on Staffs’ Performance in Conducting Stimulus Preference Assessments
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
SUSAN A. RAPOZA-HOULE (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Conducting a preference assessment is a common component of instructional sessions for children with ASD. It is widely accepted that the ability to effectively identify potential reinforcers may be critical to effective learning. However, very few studies have evaluated staff training procedures to teach staff the skills necessary to effectively conduct preference assessments. One set of procedures that has been evaluated and found effective at training staff to implement both paired stimuli and multiple stimulus without replacement assessments is Feedback and role-play practice (Lavie and Sturmey, 2002; Roscoe et al., 2006). One drawback of the training procedures described in these studies was that they were highly time intensive. Lavie and Sturmey conducted two 30 to 40 minute individual training sessions with each staff person to teach paired stimulus procedures. Roscoe and Fisher (2008) noted that the individual training procedures used in their studies could have been more efficient if conducted in a group format. This study adapted the procedures used in Roscoe and Fisher 2008 for use in larger group training with one masters degree level trainer. Data indicate that the participants were able to acquire the target skills in the context of a small group training.
 
55. ABAI Conferences as Learning Environments: CEUs and Associated Publication Rates
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH M. RICHLING (University of Nevada, Reno), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Janie Gunther (University of Nevada, Reno), Vicki Moreno (University of Nevada, Reno), Natalia Garrido (University of Nevada, Reno), Jaimi D'Agostini (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The Annual Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) Conference provides an opportunity for behavior analysts to learn and share about issues related to their science. The ABAI convention includes submitted presentations in the form of papers, symposia, posters, panel discussions, workshops, and Expo posters. Symposia, panels, and workshops provide the opportunity for attendees to earn continuing education (CE) credits if the presentation meets all requirements as outlined by ABAI and a continuing education (CE) instructor meets all requirements as outlined by the BACB. These presentations are offered as a means to acquire CE credits toward maintaining certification as a behavior analyst. As such, an analysis of the quality of the educational content contained in these presentations is warranted. The current investigation is a preliminary attempt to evaluate publication rates of content presented at behavioral conferences as a potential measure of presentation quality. Data related to various aspects of the presentation are offered including presentation format, educational status of presenter, and presenter affiliation. In addition, data on publication rates are compared to data on the number of presentations offered for CE credits. Finally, the quality standards for CE and the role of professional conferences as a delivery method are discussed.
 
56. Impacts on School-Based Functional Behavior Assessments After Training Behavioral Consultants on Experimental Analyses of Behavior
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
MICHAEL SCHEIB (University of Southern Maine), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital), John F. Lee (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education)
Abstract: Functional Behavior Assessments (FBA) are comprehensive analyses designed to aid in the identification of variables reinforcing problem behaviors that are disrupting a students education. Iowa is divided into 9 Area Education Agencies (AEA) that are responsible for conducting FBAs as part of the special education process. Each AEA has developed a challenging behavior teams to assist school teams in conducting FBAs for the most challenging students. Eight of these teams have been trained by behavior specialists at The Center for Disabilities and Development (CDD) as part of the Challenging Behavior Service (CBS), a training service funded by the Iowa Department of Education. In this study, we evaluated FBAs submitted by behavioral specialists on each team using a rubric developed by the specialists at CDD. Challenging behavior team members participating in the training submitted an FBA for review each year. We have observed an increase in use of experimental analyses, and we have observed an increase in the use of multiple experimental analyses in submitted FBAs. This study evaluates the increased use of preference assessments and experimental analyses together in the FBAs.
 
58. The Impact of Systematic Training to Conduct Experimental Analyses on Behavior Intervention Plans
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
JOHN F. LEE (The University of Iowa), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Michael Scheib (The University of Southern Maine), Jennifer Kuhle (The University of Iowa), Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education)
Abstract: Behavior intervention plans (BIPs) for students whose behavior interferes with learning are important components of an individualized education program as outlined in The Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 (PL 108-446). As in most states, there are no formal measurement tools to evaluate the quality of BIPs in Iowa. Behavior Specialists at the Center for Disabilities and Development at the University of Iowa developed a rubric to evaluate BIPs as an evaluation tool of the practice of school-based behavior consultants participating in training to conduct function-based assessments and to match treatments to the results of those assessments. The rubric rates BIP components, including, Does the behavior intervention plan contain actions that match the function of problem behavior identified in the functional behavior assessment (FBA)? The school-based behavior consultants submitted a BIP for evaluation each year. This poster provides the descriptive results of this evaluation conducted over a 4 year period with over 75 BIPs and more than 25 school-based behavior consultants. As school-based behavior consultants learned to conduct experimental analyses, the number of treatment components matched to function increased and the number of treatment components that were counter-indicated decreased.
 
59. A Mobile Arduino-Based Interface for Experimental Control With Android Devices
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CARLOS ALEXIS PEREZ HERRERA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: Microcontroller boards have been used in interfaces for controlling operant conditioning chambers using a desktop or a laptop computer. Although these interfaces could be used in laboratory courses for demonstrations of behavioral phenomena, one problem is that, in many Universities, classrooms equipped with computers are limited. The use of smartphones and tablets by the students, however, has increased markedly in the last years. Because of the processing capacities of such devices, they could replace laptop computers in laboratory courses in places where resources are limited. This poster describes the implementation of an Arduino microcontroller board in conjunction with android devices, as a wireless, portable, inexpensive interface for conducting demonstrations in laboratory courses on operant conditioning. Point to point serial communication between the arduino board and the mobile device is accomplished through a Bluetooth shield. Our application Ratuino Mobile, which can be downloaded for free from the Google play store, interprets the serial communication and stores the experimental events directly into the device's internal memory for subsequent analysis. Because of its portability and low cost, this interface can be used as a teaching aid in laboratory courses of behavior analysis.
 
60. A Further Analysis of the Impact of Pair Discussion During Interteaching
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
BEATRIZ ISABELLE D. QUEROL (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Joseph Veneziano (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell), James L. Soldner (University of Massachusetts Boston)
Abstract: The efficacy of interteaching has been demonstrated to enhance student success and satisfaction in the university classroom when compared to traditional teaching formats such as lecture (Saville et al., 2006). However, the relative contributions of each component of interteaching remain unclear. The purpose of the present study was to systematically replicate results from a previous study indicating a pair discussion was slightly more effective than a large class discussion on post-discussion quiz performance (Rosales, Swerdan, & Soldner, 2012). Fifty-nine undergraduate students enrolled in two sections of a course on learning and behavior served as participants. An alternating treatments design was used in which pair discussion was alternated with a lecture based on the material for assigned prep guides. The lecture and pair discussion conditions were counterbalanced across the two sections, and presented in a quasi-random fashion throughout the semester. All other components of interteaching were in effect during both experimental conditions (i.e., availability of prep guides, clarifying lectures, and quality points). Preliminary results indicate the pair discussion condition resulted in higher quiz scores, although the effects were not immediate. Discussion will focus on implications of these findings for future research and the impact of social validity questionnaires distributed throughout and at the end of the semester.
 
61. Evaluating the Classwide Instructional Fluency Related to Content Instruction in an University Course: Using SAFMEDs CombinedWith Precision Teaching Measurement Procedures
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY A. JANSEN (University of South Dakota), Tara J. Lombard (University of South Dakota), Emily R. Timmer (University of South Dakota), William J. Sweeney (University of South Dakota)
Abstract: SAFMEDS, an acronym for "Say All Fast a Minute Each Day Shuffle," was coined by Lindsley (1983) as a functional flashcard procedure for building large repertoires of sight words in a given content area. This demonstration project evaluated the effectiveness of SAFMEDS on the classwide acquisition and fluency of basic concepts in curriculum-based assessment/Precision Teaching course. The perspective of this project was to implement SAFMEDS procedures as a means of teaching college level students to recognize important concepts related to instruction covered in a curriculum-based assessment/Precision Teaching course. Second, the instructor wanted to take advantage of the opportunity to model the importance of frequent and daily measurement of curriculum through the use of the SAFMEDS procedure with the class. One university class with 48 students participated in this research. Three individual students from this class display their data and describe the importance of utilizing their data for making instructional changes. The students in the class completed three decks of SAMFEDS across a 10-week period with an instructional aim of 40+ SAFMEDS flashcard correctly identified during a series of one-minute timing. Results from this study replicated the SAFMEDS data paths across three classes and seven decks of SAFMEDS. The monitoring of this procedure was used by the instructor to determine whether the SAFMEDS procedures was effective on a classwide basis for improving the acquisition of key concepts imbedded with in the curriculum. Additionally, this daily in class probing of students' performance was a means of modeling appropriate implementation, recording, charting, and evaluation of students' learning pictures. The consistent pattern of celerating data seemed to indicate that this was an effective instructional strategy for the class as a whole. Implications and limitations of the current study were also discussed.
 
62. Peer Interventions for Increased Productivity: The Tortures of Graduate School Completion
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
CHELSEA J. WILHITE (University of Nevada, Reno), Emily Michelle Leeming (University of Nevada, Reno), Thomas Wade Brown (University of Nevada, Reno), Daniel Reimer (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: This poster briefly presents data from interventions designed to increase doctoral-level graduate students’ academic productivity. While all graduate students in behavior analysis learn how to apply techniques developed from behavioral principles to others (whether it be individuals with autism or other intellectual difficulties, typically-developing students, workers in organizations, or other animals), many do not learn how to effectively apply those same techniques to themselves. This poster reports one way students can use behavioral principles and techniques to improve their own productivity. Participants in this report include four doctoral-level graduate students in a behavior analysis program. The intervention involves a package of measures, including weekly meetings, goal-setting, public posting, and peer-mediated consequences. Results suggest this type of intervention can be successful for individuals motivated by socially-mediated reinforcers and punishers but lacks efficacy with some individuals who find most kinds of social interaction even mildly aversive. Based on the results, the authors suggest further areas of investigation which might prove fruitful in influencing work productivity among doctoral-level graduate students.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #206
DEV Sun noon
Sunday, May 25, 2014
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
63. The Effects of a Face Conditioning Procedure on Inducing Listener Behavior and Observing Responses in Children With Autism
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Suzzanna Javed (Teachers College, Columbia University), Gabrielle Sweeney (Teachers College, Columbia University), MARIA GARCIA (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: We tested the effects of the face conditioning procedure on inducing listener behavior and observing responses in three children with autism. The experiment was conducted in a CABAS classroom using a non-concurrent multiple probe design across 3 participants who functioned at pre-listener/pre-speaker levels of verbal behavior. The first probe conducted was a checklist for 10 observing responses and the second probe conducted was a 5-min 5-s whole interval unconsequated talking probe to determine attention to adult presence. Both pre-probes demonstrated that the participants did not have faces or voices as a conditioned reinforcer. The independent variable was the acquisition of conditioned reinforcement for adult faces and/or listening to adult voices using conjugate reinforcement. The dependent variables were observing responses and listener behaviors. The results demonstrated that after the face conditioning protocol was implemented, observing responses and listener behaviors increased and learn units-to-criterion decreased for all three participants.
 
64. The Effects of Auditory Match to Sample on Echoics for Children diagnosed with Autism.
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Suzzanna Javed (Teachers College, Columbia University), YOUNGBIN KIM (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: We tested the effects of Auditory Match-to-Sample on echoic responses in children diagnosed with autism. Four participants were selected because they did not have point-to-point correspondence for the target sounds and words provided on 80% of the pre-probes conducted. The participants functioned at an emergent-listener/emergent-speaker levels of verbal behavior.The design implemented for the study was a non-concurrent multiple probe design across participants. The independent variable was the basic auditory matching protocol. The auditory MTS Flash program was used during intervention sessions. The dependent variables were the full and partial echoics measured during pre-and post-probes. The results demonstrated an increase in full and partial echoics for all the participants.
 
65. Establishing the Behavioral Function of Video Game Addiction-Revised: Utilization of the Video Game Functional Assessment (VGFA-R)
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
FRANK D. BUONO (Southern Illinois University), Matthew E Sprong (Southern Illinois University), James Bordieri (Southern Illinois University-Carbondale)
Abstract: Abstract Video game addiction has been gaining attention over the last decade. Professionals in the behavioral sciences have been trying to define this addiction and increase literature in attempt to understand this phenomenon. Little research of understanding the behavioral functions of video game play has been conducted. The purpose of this study was to construct a revised edition of the Video Game Functional Assessment (VGFA-R), that will better will explain video game behaviors, including attention maintained, sensory maintained, escape maintained, and tangible maintained. An Exploratory Factor Analysis was utilized to identify four factors on 230 individuals who play video games. A Principal Components Analysis was utilized to represent the variance accounted for by each underlying factor. After factor loadings were performed, another Factor analysis was conducted utilizing equimax rotation and pattern matrix to observe the relationship between each factor and variable uncontaminated by the overlap between the factors. A correlation analysis revealed a range of positive correlations between .648 and .900. Discussion and implications are provided.
 
66. Participants in bullying and the Resource Control Theory
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
ANA DEL R. CERVANTES- HERRERA (Universidad Autónoma de Aguascalientes), Francisco Javier Pedroza Cabrera (Universidad Autónoma de Aguascalientes)
Abstract: The bullying behavior is in itself one of the topics of greatest growth in the field of psychology last decades, mostly because bullying arise from an early age and involves the issuance of aversive behavior of a particular subject to another in a school context. It is because of this boom that researches has identified the different participants and the variety of morphologies in which this problem can be presented. However, so far it has not managed to present a descriptive model of development. A job that can approach overcome this difficulty is the Resource Control Theory, which is based on principles of evolution postulates four basic strategies for obtaining resources. These strategies are developed as does the interaction style and are compatible with the behavior described in far different in the participants in bullyig episodes. This paper aims to show the feasibility of using this theory as an explanatory model of bullying behavior, through the results of the application of an experimental task based on this theory to 14 adolescents located as participants in bullying episodes. Differences in resource control styles presented by the different participants thereby supporting the use of theory as an explanatory model were found
 
67. Observation of Social Interaction in Bullying Adolescents
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
ANA DEL R. CERVANTES- HERRERA (Universidad Autónoma de Aguascalientes), Francisco Javier Pedroza Cabrera (Universidad Autónoma de Aguascalientes)
Abstract: Bullying is a category of aggressive behavior that occurs in school settings that often lasts for more than one stage of development, with consequences ranging from school dropouts to suicide . This is why it is important to know not only the morphology of the episodes themselves but comprehensively meet the social interactions of individuals who engage in such conduct. The present work shows the results of eight sessions of 15 minutes of direct classroom observation to 4 teens located as aggressors in bullying episodes . Data were collected through observation code with nine behaviors including academic activity, the beginnings of interaction from the focal subject or other participants, interactions and whether these are coercive or prosocial. The results show the emission of coercive conduct by all participants, as well as long periods of time away from academic activities. These results suggest that the emission of aggressive behavior by these adolescents are not limited to bullying episodes and which may involve a generalization of aggressive behavior in more than one setting, as well as its use in more than a morphology more for a particular purpose.
 
68. An Evolutionary-Behavioral-Developmental Theory of Stage Development Based on Knowledge of Tool Usage
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
SAGUN GIRI (Dare Association, Inc.), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School), William Joseph Harrigan (Harvard University)
Abstract: Participants were individuals in remote rural parts of Nepal with no schooling who were nonliterate adults. The study tested behavioral stage of development using an evolutionarily universal variable: knowledge on usage of kitchen, farm, and construction tools. The interviews about tool usage were scored using behavioral stage from the Hierarchical Complexity Scoring Scheme (HCSS). The traditional mentalistic stage measures, that are not free of cultural and educational bias, only found concrete behavioral stage performance. Many participant performed at the abstract, formal and systematic behavioral stages of development. At the abstract stage, one may identify classes of tools based on tool function. At the formal stage, one may provide a reason for the particular tool use. At the systematic stage, one may combine two or more formal relations, identifying multiple uses for tools and multiple reasons for the different uses. Participants performed at concrete, abstract, formal and systematic stages. Most of the participants gave answers that were scored to be at the abstract stage. Women performed better than men. The answers given by some women participants were scored at the formal and even systematic stage.
 
69. Literature Review of Stimulus Equivalence Research In Infants
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory
CHRISTIANA ALMEIDA GONCALVES MEIRA (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Graziele Thomasinho de Aguiar (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), MariaStella C. Alcantara-Gil (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: Researches with toddlers contribute to the understanding of the basic processes involved in symbolic behavior. This study analyzed methodological aspects of researches on simple and conditional discriminations and on stimulus equivalence with children up to 36 months. These databases were queried: PEPSIC, INDEXPSI, LILACS, CAPES and PsycINFO, between 1982-2012. To be included in this study, the research papers had at least one word in each one of these two set descriptors: 1) simple discrimination, conditional discrimination, relational responses, stimulus equivalence, matching-to-sample and 2) young children, babies, toddler and infants. Beyond these databases, Google scholar was consulted with the same criteria. The empirical studies about equivalence performances were organized according to: periodic/publication year; goals; methodological characteristics (age and verbal repertoire of participants; procedures features; taught relations; antecedent stimuli; consequences for correct and wrong responses; strategies to maintain the child task responding; learning criteria) and main results. Twenty-one studies have been found: nine about simple or conditional discriminations and twelve about stimulus equivalence. In most studies, the participants presented stimulus equivalence performances. The large methodological variety made difficult to compare the results. Although there are few researches, the comparative analyzes between studies may assist the development of improved procedures for this population.
 
70. Stability of Preschoolers' Preference for Edible and Leisure Items
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
ISAAC NZUKI (The University of Kansas), Marcella Hangen (The University of Kansas), Kelley L. Harrison (The University of Kansas), Courtney Moore (The University of Kansas), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: Few applied studies have examined the stability of preference assessment data over long periods of time. In this study, two multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments were conducted each week with 22 typically and atypically developing children. Preference was evaluated for edible and leisure items in separate MSWO preference assessments. The items used in each child's preference assessment remained constant across assessments. The total number of edible and leisure preference assessments conducted varied for each child. However, preference assessments were typically conducted for an extended period of time. Results from these preference assessments did not assess whether the preferred items functioned as reinforcers. Therefore, we are currently replicating the first experiment but also including reinforcer assessments, which are conducted twice a week for an extended period of time. Results will be discussed in terms of the stability of preschoolers' preference across time as well as differences in preference stability across children and assessment type (edible or leisure). Results will also be discussed in terms of whether items identified in preference assessments continue to predict items that can be used as reinforcers. Recommendations on how frequently to assess preschooler preference will also be discussed.
 
71. Validity of Indirect Versus Direct Preference Assessment Methods in Early Education Classrooms
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
KELLEY L. HARRISON (The University of Kansas), Courtney Moore (The University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: This study is a replication and extension of Cote, Thompson, Hanley, and McKerchar (2007). In the current study, teachers were asked to identify and rank 10 preferred leisure items for 9 preschool children. A hierarchy for these items was identified via a multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment. Rankings from the teacher assessments and the MSWO were compared. Results to date suggest that there is relatively poor correspondence between rankings generated by teacher-reported as compared to direct assessment. Subsequently, the reinforcing efficacy for both the highest preferred item and the lowest preferred item will be determined through a concurrent-operant reinforcer assessment. Results will be discussed in terms of the correspondence between teacher-report and direct preference assessments, the predictive ability of both types of assessments to identify reinforcers, the efficiency of the assessments, and the improvement of teacher-report over time.
 
72. The Effects of Gardening Activities on Preschoolers' Choices for Fruits and Vegetables
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
COURTNEY MOORE (The University of Kansas), Kyle Dorsey (The University of Kansas), Kelley L. Harrison (The University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: Less than 10% of four- to eight-year-olds consume the recommended daily intake of fruits and vegetables (Guenther, Dodd, Reedy, & Krebs-Smith, 2006). A recent review published by Journal of the American Dietetic Association suggested that garden-based nutritional-intervention programs might increase children's preference for, and intake of, fruits and vegetables (Robinson-O'Brien, Story, & Heim, 2009). Previous studies have relied on self-report measures and provided limited data on the process. First, we empirically assessed preschoolers' relative food choices to determine child preference for healthier versus less-healthy foods across five food groups. Results showed that vegetables and fruits were ranked as one of the bottom-ranked categories for 21 of 21 children. Currently, we are directly assessing changes in individual children's fruit and vegetable preference and consumption. Multiple-stimulus-without replacement preference assessments and direct measures of consumption are being conducted before, during, and after children participate in a four-week gardening curriculum. Results will be discussed in regard to the individual and combined influence of repeated exposures and gardening activity participation on preschoolers' preferences for, and consumption of, fruits and vegetables.
 
73. A Component Analysis of Commonly Used Toilet-Training Procedures
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
COURTNEY MOORE (The University of Kansas), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: Although systematic replications of Azrin and Foxxs (1971) procedures have proven extremely effective across a variety of populations and settings, the majority of behavioral toilet-training research has relied on complex multicomponent training packages (for a recent review, see Kroeger & Sorensen-Burnworth, 2009). Therefore, little is known regarding the effectiveness of individual toilet-training components. We investigated the combined and individual effects of three commonly used components: (a) underwear, (b) a dense schedule of sits on the toilet, and (c) differential reinforcement. When all three components were combined, we observed overall improvements in toileting performance for five of six children. We observed overall improvements for two of four children exposed to only the underwear component. Overall improvements were not observed for any child exposed to only the dense-sit schedule component or to only the differential-reinforcement component. Results suggest that underwear was sufficient for improving toileting performance for children whose performance improved during the toilet-training package. Future research examining why the underwear component was effective is recommended
 
74. An Affordance Analysis of an Arm Reaching Task with Younger and Older Adults
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
ANGEL JIMENEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara), Felipe Cabrera (Universidad de Guadalajara), Pablo Covarrubias (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Abstract: Aging is associated with increasing biomechanical constraints that affect daily aspects of the life of older adults, such as when reaching for objects with the arms. In order to test this hypothesis, 16 younger and 16 older adults reached for a plastic block placed on a table at different distances. The distances to which the block was located were defined in relation to participant’s own arm length. Modes of action emerged orderly as a function of the distance of the block. When the distance of the block increased, the reaching mode changed from using only arm extension to twisting the upper torso. At farther distances, the mode of action changed to leaning the torso forward. Older adults changed the distribution of their reaching modes at closer distances than younger adults. These results suggest that the emergence of different modes of action depended on the relationship between the participant’s arm length and the dimensions of the environment (i.e., block distance), creating different possibilities of action for the participant along the distances assessed. Our findings also show that aging is associated with a change in the distribution of postural strategies of reach. These changes probably offset the biomechanical constraints arising by age.
 
75. On the Additive Effects of Differential Reinforcement on Underwear Use During Toilet Training
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
BRIAN D. GREER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: In a component analysis of commonly used toilet-training procedures, Greer, Neidert, and Dozier (manuscript in preparation) found differential reinforcement to be ineffective with all children for whom it was implemented. In contrast, underwear use facilitated toilet training with multiple children. Interestingly, children who wore underwear were likely to improve toileting performance further when differential reinforcement was added. Unfortunately, these results were correlational and could have been attributed to delayed improvements in toileting performance as a function of underwear use alone. Alternatively, differential reinforcement may facilitate acquisition of toileting skills when used in conjunction with underwear. In the current evaluation, four children without disabilities were exposed to periods where underwear or underwear plus differential reinforcement was implemented. Results for all four children suggest that differential reinforcement did not facilitate toilet training above the effects of underwear use alone. Underwear use improved toileting performance for two of four children, replicating the results of Greer, Neidert, and Dozier.
 
76. Using Habit Reversal to Decrease Filled Pauses and Nervous Habits in Public Speaking
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
CAROLYN MANCUSO (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Public speaking is a challenge faced by people from all walks of life. Research in the area of public speaking has focused on examining techniques to reduce public speaking anxiety. Very little research, however, has focused on the acquisition of public speaking skills. While presenting speeches, many people engage in nervous habits that have the potential to decrease the effectiveness of the speech and their credibility as a speaker. This study evaluated the effectiveness of simplified habit reversal in reducing three of these nervous habits: filled pauses, tongue clicking, and inappropriate use of the word like. Following baseline, participants received simplified habit reversal training that consisted of awareness training and competing response training. During post-intervention assessments all 6 participants exhibited an immediate decrease in the target behaviors.
 
77. "Smiling" as a Reinforcer for Face-Looking Behavior: Automated Reinforcement Using Eye-Tracking Device
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
SOICHIRO MATSUDA (Keio University), Takahide Omori (Keio University), Joseph P. McCleery (Pyramid Educational Consultants), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University)
Abstract: Smiling face is important nonverbal cues in social interaction, and can function as conditioned reinforcer. However, there are few studies that have investigated the reinforcer value of the smiling face, and no study has compared smiles with other facial expressions. In this study, we examined whether facial expressions function as a reinforcer for face-looking behavior. Smiling face was compared to angry faces. Nine adults participated. Their face-looking behavior was recorded by eye-tracker. The picture of neutral expression was presented on each of the left and right side of a video monitor. When the participant looked at the left (right) picture, neutral face turned to be smiling face with VR 3 schedule. When the participant looked at the right (left) picture, neutral face turned to be angry face with VR 3 schedule. Positions of the smiling and angry face were fixed for each participant. The result showed that six participants were reinforced more by smile than angry face.
 
78. Matching to sample (MTS) with auditory stimuli as comparison
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
SABRINA OLIVEIRA (Universidade de São Paulo), Deisy das Graças De Souza (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Raquel Melo Golfeto (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Andreia Schmidt (University of Sao Paulo)
Abstract: Much research on stimulus equivalence work with auditory stimuli and not test symmetry, because is difficult to have auditory stimuli simultaneously as comparisons. The literature presents only auditory stimuli being presented successively as comparisons (Dube, Green & Serna, 1993). Moreover, computer programs does not provide control of presentation of these stimuli. The aim of this study was to describe composition and execution of simultaneous MTS trials with auditory stimuli as comparisons. Each auditory stimulus was programmed into a video, with overlapping narration and animation. The animation was a red sphere with circular motion used to indicate the location where the sound was being dictated. All videos had lasting six seconds, divided into three units of two seconds (inactive without narration and animation or active with both), organized as follows: (a) initial auditory stimulus (b) medial auditory stimulus and (c) final auditory stimulus. Each trial had a visual model and three videos as comparisons. Thus, every two seconds, a different word was dictated. This type of trial ensures that all stimuli appear simultaneously and eliminates the need for submission of sequences screens. Efforts like this have been used in Oliveira (2013) whose results have demonstrated the effectiveness of this solution.
 
79. Functional Analysis and Intervention for Perseverative Verbal Behavior of an Adult With Traumatic Brain Injury
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
AMY GARCIA (University of Central Missouri), Duane A. Lundervold (University of Central Missouri)
Abstract: Behavioral tutoring for undergraduate course work was provided to a 51-year-old female with a long standing traumatic brain injury. Perseverative verbal behavior (PVB) was frequent and competed with the delivery of tutoring and the acquisition of academic content. A functional analysis of behavior (FAB) was conducted to determine the controlling variables related to PBV. A reversal design was used to demonstrate the functional relation between task characteristics, social reinforcement and PVB duration. FAB results indicated that PVB was under reinforcement control. PVB was significantly reduced during extinction sessions; however, boot leg reinforcement in other situations limited complete cessation of the behavior. Results indicate that PVB following closed head injury may be strongly influenced by the social contingencies operating in various contexts.
 
80. Out of Line: Chows, Chicks and Epigenetic Behaviorist
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (Brohavior), Anita Li (Florida Institute of Technology), Nichole L Davis (Lodestone Academy)
Abstract: The main goal of an epigenetic behaviorist is to seek order out of complex behavioral phenomena in order to formulate laws of behavior without resorting to vitalism, either explicitly or implicitly (Kuo, 1967). In this poster we will highlight the contextualistic approach of behavior development from the work of a little known and undervalued behaviorist Zing Yang Kuo. Kuos system includes five groups of determining factors: morphological factors, biophysical and biochemical factors, stimulating objects, developmental history, and developmental context. Each of these items will be discussed in relation to the two main tasks of an epigenetic behaviorist, which include: to obtain a comprehensive picture of the behavioral repertoire of the individual and its causal factors from stage to stage during development; and to explore the potentials and limitations of new behavior patterns (Behavioral neo-phenotypes) that are not commonly observed or do not exist in nature so as to predict or control the evolution of behavior in the future (Kuo, 1967).
 
81. Research Examining Infant Moral Choices: Replication and Extension
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
TYLER NIGHBOR (University of the Pacific), Katrina Bettencourt (University of the Pacific), Audrey Campbell (University of the Pacific), Brittany Olisar (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: Recent studies (e.g., Hamlin & Wynn, 2011; Hamlin, Wynn, & Bloom, 2007) suggest that infants possess an unlearned sense of morality. While their findings are interesting, no independent replications have been published, and use of group designs with a single measure of choice may inflate the probability of obtaining these results. The purpose of the current pilot investigation was to replicate Hamlin and Wynn (2011), and extend it utilizing a single subject design with repeated measures of choice. Infants (n = 3, ages 3-24 months) viewed a puppet show as described in Hamlin and Wynn (2011). Following the puppet show, an experimenter blind to the identities of the puppets asked the infant to choose a puppet. This occurred five times in contrast to the single choice in Hamlin and Wynn (2011). Results of the single choice measure were similar to Hamlin and Wynn (2011), with two of three infants (67%) choosing the helper puppet. However, the results of the repeated measures suggest a side preference for two of three infants, and no infant selected the same character on any consecutive choice trials. A more extensive examination will be conducted utilizing a larger sample size, similar to Hamlin and Wynn (2011).
 
82. Verbal Repertoire and Equivalence Performances in Infants.
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
CHRISTIANA ALMEIDA GONCALVES MEIRA (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos, Brazil), Lara Rosa Cobucci (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos, Brazil), MariaStella C. Alcantara-Gil (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos, Brazil)
Abstract: The study of toddlers can provide important contributions into the role of language in the formation of stimuli equivalence classes. This study describes the relationships between toddler’s spontaneous vocalizations and their performances during conditional discriminations learning tasks and stimuli equivalence tests. The learning and the test trials consisted in auditory-visual matching-to-sample with two (Stage 1) and three comparisons stimuli (Stage 2). Six children aged 22 to 27 months participated in Stage 1. Three of these participated in Stage 2. Relations, AB and AC, between names (A) and objects (B and C) were taught and the relations between objects (BC and CB) were tested. In each trial, the toddlers’ vocalizations were recorded and then classified as echoic or tact responses. Participants who showed higher frequency of vocalizations also achieved the equivalence tests criteria. Participants who did not emit any vocalizations during learning trials did not reach conditional relations learning criteria. The present study’s data suggest the presence of a relationship between the frequency of toddler’s spontaneous vocalizations and their performance in learning conditional relations and equivalence test tasks.
 
83. Using Stimulus Equivalence to Teach Face and Relationship Recognition to Older Adults With Dementia
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
JELISA SCOTT (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Taylor Sweatt (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Tarah Bowser (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Older adults are a large population that have been neglected in contrast to children with developmental disabilities in the realm of Applied Behavior Analysis (Burgio & Burgio,1986). This study will target four older adults diagnosed with dementia and teach them how to recognize familiar faces and recognize how the participants know or are related to a familiar person. A stimulus equivalence preparation will be used to teach the older adults the different relations. Stimuli will be presented expressively, receptively and by using a matching to sample procedure. The purpose of this study is to assess whether using a stimulus equivalence preparation with older adults with dementia will result in their recognizing faces and remembering relationships between familiar faces as demonstrated through speaker responses such as saying the name or relation and listener responses such as pointing to the correct picture card. The expected results are that the participants will learn the relations and derive untaught relations.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #207
VRB Sun Noon
Sunday, May 25, 2014
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
84. Mands for Information using 'How" under EO-absent and EO-present Conditions
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
CRYSTAL N. BOWEN (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Research on teaching mands for information have included mands using who, what, where, and which questions (Endicott & Higbee, 2007; Marion, Martin, Yu, Buhler, Kerr, & Claeys, 2012; Shillingsburg, Bowen, Valentino, & Pierce, in press). Successful procedures to teach these mands have employed methods such as manipulation of the establishing operations (EO), prompt fading, and differential reinforcement. Less is known about teaching mands using "How?", which provides some additional unique challenges when approaching intervention. Specifically, once the information regarding how to do something is provided once, the EO may no longer be present. Thus, identifying alternative teaching procedures is warranted. One male diagnosed with autism completed the current study. The study evaluated a procedure to teach mands for information using how to obtain information to complete various preferred activities. The results showed that the participant began to correctly use the mand for information under EO present conditions and did not mand when the information was not needed (EO absent conditions). The skill also generalized to untaught contexts. The results have implications for teaching the mand for information how while paying close attention to EO manipulation and subsequent generalization of the skill. The importance of multiple-exemplar training is also discussed.
 
85. Contriving Motivation to Request Information: Which and Who
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
BRITTANY LEE (Marcus Autism Center), Cassondra M Gayman (Marcus Autism Center), Addie F. Andrus Findley (Marcus Autism Center), Crystal N. Bowen (Marcus Autism Center), Ari Mazer (Marcus Autism Center), Bethany Talmadge (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Recent research on teaching mands for information to children with language deficits have focused on manipulating establishing operations (EOs). However, only a few of those studies have focused on programming both EO and abolishing operation (AO) conditions to ensure functional use of the mand for information. Shillingsburg, Bowen, Valentino, and Pierce (in press) provided a successful demonstration of differential responding between conditions in which information was needed (EO condition) versus when it was already provided (AO condition) demonstrating control of the response by the relevant EO. Two children with autism acquired mands for information who? and which? via echoic prompting. The current study sought to replicate the methods employed by Shillingsburg and colleagues for three children diagnosed with autism. For these three participants, though echoic prompting was an effective method for teaching, textual prompts were observed to be more efficient Therefore, textual prompts reading Which or Who were used with all participates during prompted trials. Procedures resulted in differential use of the mands for information during EO and AO conditions for all three participants. Results have implications for an alternative way to prompt mands for information. Participants use of information obtained via emitting mands for information is also discussed.
 
86. Increasing the Mand Repertoire of Children With Autism Through the Use of an Interrupted Chain Procedure
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery
KRISTIN M. ALBERT (Carbone Clinic), Vincent Joseph Carbone (Carbone Clinic), Danielle D. Murray (Carbone Clinic), Margaret Murdoch Hagerty (Carbone Clinic), Emily Sweeney Kerwin (Carbone Clinic)
Abstract: Although the mand is generally the first verbal operant learned by most children, children with autism frequently do not learn to mand unless this skill is directly and intensively taught. In addition, because children with autism often have limited interests and reinforcers, this may complicate the mand training process. Therefore, it is important to identify mand training procedures that allow practitioners who are working with children with autism to establish a wider variety of reinforcers so as to increase opportunities to conduct mand training. This study addresses this important topic by replicating and extending the previous research on the use of an interrupted chain procedure to teach manding (Hall & Sundberg, 1987). There were 3 vocal participants in this study, all of whom were diagnosed with autism. The participants were between 5 and 8 years old. They all readily manded for a wide variety of desired items when those reinforcers were in sight, but rarely manded for missing items (i.e., items that were not in sight). The participants were first taught to independently complete 3 behavior chains (e.g., painting a picture, making a sandwich, listening to music). After they had mastered the chains, 1 item needed to complete each chain was removed to contrive motivation for that item, thereby momentarily establishing its reinforcing value. During baseline, participants did not mand for the missing items at the points in which those items were needed to complete the chains. Instructors then conducted vocal mand training for one chain at a time according to the conventions of a concurrent multiple baseline across activities design (Hersen & Barlow, 1976). During mand training, at the relevant parts of each chain the instructors used a 10-s prompt delay along with vocal prompting to teach the participants to mand for the missing item. Subsequently, all participants learned to mand for the missing items, at the appropriate points in the chains, solely under the control of a motivating operation (MO; i.e., when the items were out of sight and without teacher-provided prompts). They demonstrated these skills within both the trained chains and novel, untrained chains. Pre- and post-training probes also indicated that the participants learned to tact the missing items as a result of having been taught to mand for them.
 
87. Teaching Two Individuals With Developmental Disabilities to Mand for Multiple Items by Contriving Establishing Operations
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
AMARIE CARNETT (Victoria University of Wellington), Hannah Waddington (Victoria University of Wellington), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (Victoria University of Wellington), Michelle Stevens (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract: Communication interventions that focus on mand training have been demonstrated to be effective in promoting behavior change for individuals with developmental disabilities. Children with developmental disabilities often require augmentative and alternative modes of communication (AAC) when spoken language does not develop. The present study evaluates procedures used to teach manding skills to two participants using a speech-generating device (SGD) across various establishing operations. A multiple baseline across phases (a. manding by item name with no distractors; b. distance to communication partner and item; c. discrimination of item on SGD screen; d. manding for multiple items) was used to evaluate the effectiveness of contriving the establishing operation (EO), brief preference assessment before each session, and most-to-least prompting procedures. This study extends previous research by demonstrating the importance of capturing the relevant EO to teach various phases of mand training (Michael, 2000). Preliminary results indicate an increase in manding skills for both participants.
 
88. Effects of PECS Phase III Application Training on Independent Mands in Young Children with Autism
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA LOVE (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Peggy Schaefer Whitby (University of Arkansas), Susan Miller (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Tom Pierce (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Catherine Lyons (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)
Abstract: Portable tablet applications have expanded into augmentative/alternative communication purposes, yet little research exists on their efficacy. Previous studies on Picture Exchange Communication Training (PECS) evaluated only the use of paper icons. This study evaluated the effects of PECS phase III application training on independent mands in young children with autism. Participants were five children with autism (ages 2-4) with five or fewer spoken words. A multiple baseline across participants was used to evaluate independent, correct mands using the PECS Phase III iPadTM application. Participants used paper icons to mand for preferred items during PECS Phases I and II, and used the iPadTM application to mand in Phase III. Participants exhibited varying levels of evidence for a functional relationship. Results are discussed in the context of experimental design and participants pre-existing skills. All participants who completed the study exhibited generalization of mands (60% to 100%). Maintenance measures indicated moderate to high durability of treatment effects (70% to 100%). Mand preference assessments between paper icons and iPadTM indicated a clear preference for the iPadTM among all participants. Parent report indicated higher preference for continuing the PECS phase III iPadTM application over PECS paper icons. Implications for parents, researchers, and practitioners are discussed.
 
89. Teaching a Requesting and Social Communication Sequence to Three Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Using Systematic Instruction and an iPad-Based Speech-Generating Device
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
HANNAH WADDINGTON (Victoria University of Wellington), Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract: Many children with autism require augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) systems, such as speech-generating devices (SGDs), to enable them to communicate. The aim of this research was to teach three children with ASD to use an iPad-based SGD to ask for toys, choose between two specific preferred items, and then communicate a thank-you response when they had received the requested toy. A multiple-baseline across participants design was used to determine whether systematic instruction involving least-to-most-prompting, time delay, and error correction were effective in teaching these three children to successfully engage in the sequence. Generalisation and follow-up probes were also conducted for two of the three participants. With intervention, all three children showed improvement in following the steps of this sequence correctly. This improvement was maintained with an unfamiliar communication partner. During follow-up one participant made primarily two-step requests and the other primarily three-step requests. These findings suggest that systematic instruction was effective in teaching these three children to learn a multi-step communication sequence using an iPad-based SGD.
 
90. Replacing Generalized Non-Word Mand and Whine With One Word Specific Mand
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
DRESDEN GOODWIN (Autism Behavior Network), Kerin Ann Weingarten (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Stephanie King (Autism Behavior Network)
Abstract: Mand training is a well established tool for developing and increasing functional verbal behavior (Lerman et al., 2005; Kodak & Clements, 2009). Because children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASDs) do not develop language as their typically developing peers, training methods isolating verbal behavior (e.g., mands, tacts, intraverbals) are often necessary. The present study examined mand training with a 3 year old girl (SS) who at the time of this study did not emit functional or specific mands. As a toddler, SS emitted some verbal behavior (e.g., I love you, please, and thank you), which had been replaced by one non-word mand, "watchy." Training included a reinforcer assessment. Access to these preferred reinforcers was provided following SS's emittance of the specific mand in the presences of the item. The data showed an increase in unprompted mands for the specific items and a decrease in the one word mand "watchy."
 
91. Using an Auditory Conditioned Reinforcer to Increase the Complexity of Mands
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA ENGASSER (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center), Sarah Cohen (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center)
Abstract: The present research examines a novel technology for shaping vocal behavior. This study describes the use of an auditory conditioned reinforcer, in the form of a clicker to increase the complexity of mands. Expanding the complexity of mands focuses on having the learner apply autoclitic frames in conjunction with the mand. The participants included a 2-year-old and 10-year-old with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder. An A-B-A multiple baseline design was used in the study. During treatment, a single click was administered across each word within the autoclitic frame upon emitting the vocal prompt modeled by the experimenter. Each click was provided as an intermediary reinforcer for each separate word leading up to the provision of the terminal reinforcer / motivating operation. The results concluded that the autoclitic frames in conjunction with a mand increased with the 2-year-old participants autoclitic frame and mand conjunction without other prompts other than the item in sight. The 10-year-old participant displayed an increase with the autoclitic frame and pure mand (specifying for listener to emit an action). Both participants rates of manding continued to increase upon withdrawal of treatment.
 
92. Choosing an Alternative Communication Mode for a Preschool Aged Child With Apraxia
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA STANSELL (Gonzaga University), Jennifer Neyman (Gonzaga University), Thomas Ford McLaughlin (Gonzaga University), Sarah Mortensen (Spokane Public Schools)
Abstract: Communication is a vital skill for children to make their wants and needs known. Some children do not speak; therefore they must be given alternative means to communicate (Sundberg & Partington, 1998). This study examined communication preference between picture exchange and manual sign language. The participant, Erica, was a 3-year-ten-month old female with developmental delays and Apraxia. She had three intelligible spoken words at the beginning of the study, and communicated using unintelligible vocalizations and gestures. During the course of the study, Erica was presented with two communication choices at snack time: picture exchange or manual sign language. The results indicated a preference for picture exchange. The results of the study will be discussed in terms of communication choices, increasing verbal speech, and generalization across communication partners. The implications of this study include the brevity of the intervention and the ability to imbed this intervention within the regular classroom environment. Interobserver agreement was collected in 69% of sessions with an average agreement of 99%.
 
93. The Effects of Methylphenidate on Manding
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
ADAM BRESSLER (The New England Center for Children), Kelly Alexandra Benhart (The New England Center for Children), Jonathan Seaver (The New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of methylphenidate on manding. An 18-year old female diagnosed with Kleeftstra syndrome and living in a residential facility participated. Individual edible, liquid and leisure MSWOs were conducted to identify a preference hierarchy for these items. The two highest preferred items from each category were then used in sessions. During baseline, all items were concurrently available for 30s each, contingent upon manding for each item. After baseline was completed, the participant was placed on 10mg of methylphenidate, a drug commonly used to treat symptoms correlated with ADHD. These sessions were identical to baseline sessions with the exception of the participant undergoing the medication trial at the time. In the 10mg methylphenidate condition, manding for all items was completely suppressed across all sessions. Following the return to baseline, manding immediately returned to similar rates observed during the initial baseline condition.
 
94. The Effects of Daily Tact Instruction on the Emission of Pure Mands and Tacts
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Nicole Piechowicz (Hawthorne Country Day School), KILEY COLE (Hawthorne Foundation)
Abstract:

This study examined the effects of intensive tact training on two elementary school student's pure tacts and mands in non-instructional settings. Participant one was a seven-year-old male diagnosed with autism. He had beginning speaker and listener levels of verbal behavior. Participant two was an eight-year-old male diagnosed with autism. He also had beginning speaker and listener levels of verbal behavior. This study was a delayed multiple probe design across participants. Both participants attend a private not-for-profit school that practices Applied Behavior Analysis methods and services children with Autism and other developmental delays. The school is located outside of the metropolitan area. The purpose of this research was to show the effects of the intensive tact protocol across two participants with Autism. The intensive tact protocol instructed the teachers to increase the number of tacts taught to the students daily, while maintaining other instruction at the same level. The results showed that there is a functional relationship between intensive tact training and the increase of pure mands and tacts in non-instructional settings.

 
95. Enhancing Tact Capabilities by Increasing "Wh" Questions in an Individual With High-funtioning Autism
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery
SHAWN PATRICK QUIGLEY (Western Michigan University), Jamie Hirsh (Western Michigan University), Jennifer Freeman (Western Michigan University), Kris Bodine (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Greer and Ross (2007) suggest individuals can enhance their tact repertoire by expanding certain capabilities. One of the suggested areas of enhancement is the ability to recruit tacts by asking wh questions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate a procedure, suggested by Greer and Ross, for teaching a 10-year-old boy with autism to use What is it? when presented with an item he did not know. Specifically, What is it? was taught across visual, tactile and olfactory senses. Results suggest the procedure was effective in increasing the use of What is it? questions for the participant.
 
96. Teaching Children with Social-Communication Delays to Label Actions Using Videos
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
COLLIN SHEPLEY (Oconee County Schools), Justin Lane (University of Georgia), Sally Bereznak Shepley (University of Georgia)
Abstract: Teaching young children with social-communication delays to comment on common actions they may encounter at home, school, and the community may require direct instruction in preschool classrooms. Traditionally, direct instruction on action labels involved pictures or photographs of actions. Static examples of actions may decrease the saliency of recognizing actions in natural contexts. To address this issue, this study examined acquisition of action labels using video examples of persons engaging in target actions. A multiple baseline design across participants replicated across behaviors was used to evaluate the effectiveness of a progressive time delay (PTD) procedure, using video examples of actions, to teach action labels to three preschool-aged children eligible for special education services (i.e., autism spectrum disorder, significant developmental delay, or speech-language impairments). In addition, data were collected on participants use of language expansions, as well as generalization of target actions and language expansions to novel videos and pictures. Results show that all participants acquired action labels, maintained at least 50% of action labels, and expanded their responses during intervention. Two of the three participants maintained expanded responses and generalized expanded responses to novel videos and pictures. Research limitations and implications for the future are presented.
 
97. Matrix Training to Teach Expressive Labeling of Noun-Verb Combinations
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH WYMER (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Frampton (Marcus Autism Center), Cassondra M Gayman (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often exhibit delays and deficits in language development. Studies have found that some children with autism do not combine known words at the same time as typically developing peers (Paul, Chawarska, Klin, and Volkmar, 2007; Weismer et al., 2011). Matrix training is a procedure that has been used with developmentally delayed individuals to produce novel responses through recombinative generalization, a process by which an individual is able to respond to and produce novel combinations of known component words (Goldstein & Mousetis, 1989). Five males diagnosed with ASD participated in the current study. Nouns and verbs currently in each participants repertoire were arranged in a matrix to facilitate expressive noun-verb combinations. Echoic prompts were used to teach diagonal combinations. Four out of five participants demonstrated recombinative generalization following the intervention. The results indicate that matrix training was an effective intervention to teach children with ASD to combine known words and can be used to assess whether participants are able to demonstrate recombinative generalization.
 
98. Assessing Recombinative Generalization Following Matrix Training for Two-Step Receptive Instructions
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
BETHANY JORDAHL (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Frampton (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Wymer (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Some studies suggest that learners with developmental disabilities may benefit from interventions which promote recombinative generalization (Goldstein & Mousetis, 1989; Striefel et al., 1976; Axe & Sainto, 2010). Matrix training is a strategy used to facilitate the interaction of component skills in order to produce novel responses through recombinative generalization. Matrix training consists of pre-planning intervention by identifying the components of desired responses and arranging them across two axes. The diagonal targets would be selected for intervention, as together they contain all combinations of the component skills. After learning these targets, the individual may demonstrate correct responses to the non-diagonal targets. Two males diagnosed with autism participated in the study. Both participants had mastered multiple one step instructions, but failed to respond when these instructions were combined. They were directly taught to respond to two-step receptive instructions that fell on the diagonal of a matrix. Upon completion of training, both participants acquired the targets directly taught and the untaught, non-diagonal, targets. The results indicate that matrix training was an effective intervention to teach children with autism spectrum disorder to follow two-step instructions composed of known single step instructions and can be used to assess whether participants demonstrate recombinative generalization.
 
99. Implementing a Lag Schedule of Reinforcement to Increase Intraverbal Responding for a Student with Autism: Answering "What did you do at Group Today?" with Variable Responses
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA FAGAN (The Aurora School), Kendra McDonald (The Aurora School)
Abstract: Teaching students with autism to answer social questions such as "How are you?" often results in rote intraverbal responding. As Susa & Schlinger (2012) reported, these invariable responses are often stereotypical and stigmatizing. Students with autism often fail to generalize varied responses to intraverbal questions and programming for generalization is often a necessary part of verbal behavior programs. Increased variable intraverbal responding can come under the control of operant conditioning through various methods including Lag Schedules of Reinforcement. Lag schedules of reinforcement contingently reinforces responses that are different than the previous response or a number of specified previous responses. We will be extending current research on lag schedules using changing criterion to increase variable responding to the question “What did you do today at group?” for a 19 year old student with autism.
 
100. Acquisition of Intraverbal Responses: Verbal Prompt vs. Verbal Prompt Paired with American Sign Language
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
RENEE MARIE TERRASI (Peace by Piece), Kurtis Shrewsberry (Peace by Piece), Daniel Zink (Peace by Piece)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to compare the efficacy of echoic prompts and manual sign language prompts to teach interverbal responding in 4 boys with autism. An ABABA reversal was conducted and observers measured the number of trials to criteria for acquisition in each condition. The results indicate that the use of a verbal prompt paired with a manual sign lead to faster acquisition rates.Interobserver agreement was conducted for 100% of the sessions. Mean agreement was 97.5%.
 
101. Tiered Narrative Intervention With Preschoolers: An Efficacy and Implementation Study
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH WEDDLE (Northen Arizona University), Mandana Kajian (Building Blocs), Levi Zitting (Northern Arizona University), Trina Spencer (Northern Arizona University)
Abstract: Narrative language is critical for academic and social development. Many Head Start eligible students experience impoverished home language environments and are at risk of developing language-related literacy problems. We conducted a quasi-experimental control group design to investigate the effect of a narrative intervention on preschoolers language skills when Head Start teachers served as intervention agents. This was an implementation study in addition to an efficacy study. Participants included 105 preschoolers enrolled in Head Start. Three Head Start teachers implemented the verbal behavior interventions in their classroom using large group, small group, and individual arrangements based on the language needs of the students. Storytelling and the complexity (e.g., autoclitics) of the language used to tell stories was the focus of the intervention. Skinners analysis of verbal behavior and transfer of stimulus control technology served as the foundation for the interventions. After 6 months of intervention, the treatment classroom outperformed the control classroom on measures of narrative retell and comprehension questions.
 
102. Teaching Pronoun Use ToA Participant With English AsA Second Language
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE SULLIVAN (Bancroft), Lindsay K. Prause (Bancroft), Erin Ullmann (Bancroft), Kimberly Borgmann-Hayes (Bancroft)
Abstract: Many children with Autism require detailed training for specific areas of language use. Studies by Albert et al. (2013), Endicott & Higbee (2007), and Sundberg et al. (2002) examined the use of contrived motivating operations (MOs) to evoke mands in children with Autism. In addition to contrived MOs, the studies used prompts and prompt-fading procedures to successfully teach mands. In the current study, manipulation of MOs, prompts, and prompt fading procedures were used to teach English pronouns to an individual for whom English was a second language. The participant in the current study was a 16 year-old male living in a residential facility for the treatment of severe problem behavior. The study employed a multiple baseline design to teach three English pronouns. At the start of each trial the therapist contrived an MO and then used most-to-least verbal prompts to prompt the individual to emit the target pronoun. The participant mastered all three pronouns, which appropriately generalized during maintenance. This study demonstrates that the use of Functional Communication Training with a contrived MO procedure may also be used to teach pronoun use.
 
103. Teaching Complex Grammatical Structures to Individual With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Severe Speech Delays
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL SCHEIB (University of Southern Maine), Erin Conley (Woodfords Family Services), Lindsay Payeur (Providence Service Corporation of Maine)
Abstract: Speech delays are one of the defining features of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Because many of the individuals with ASD have deficits in functional communication, the focus of teaching is usually on short 2-3 word phrases that are rarely grammatically correct (e.g., I want Ipad instead of I want the Ipad). While the teaching methods are appropriate and justifiable, the teaching of language does not usually go beyond these simple, grammatically incorrect sentences. This can lead to socially stigmatizing speech and the inability to ever fully command the English language. The current study evaluates a 5 year old male with little spontaneous language who was receiving in-home Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services. The study focuses on teaching the participant the use of the conjunction and and the indefinite article the with Discrete Trial Training (DTT) methods (Lovas, 1987). The DTT sessions were all conducted within contrived tact training over many weeks. The tact training sessions added a visual placeholder for the words and and the. The words were taught in succession and once mastered with visual placeholders, the visual placeholder was removed to evaluate learning. Lovaas, O. I. (1987). Behavioral treatment and normal educational and intellectual functioning in young autistic children. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 55(1), 3-9. doi:10.1037/0022 006X.55.1.3
 
104. The Effects of a Conditioning Faces Procedure to Increase Observing Skills Among Individuals With Language Delays
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Matthew C. Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates), CATHERINE E. POPE (Verbal Behavior Associates), Kerry Udo (Verbal Behavior Associates)
Abstract: A delayed pre and post probe design across participants was used to determine the effectiveness of a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure for attending to the faces of adult speakers. Children ranging from ages 3-15 years old with language delays participated in the study. Pre-intervention probes for observing responses were conducted to determine if the individuals were able to attend to the face of the speaker during play, when the learner’s name was spoken, when another individual entered the room, and while at the table with the instructor and moving materials around. The independent variable for the study consisted of pairing positive reinforcement in the form of vocal praise, singing songs, gentle touches, and/or edibles while the participant attended to the face of the adult speaker. Once all participants met criterion for the independent variable, participants were then post-probed to determine if there was an increase from pre-intervention probes. Results of the study support prior research that individuals with language delays can acquire observing responses through stimulus-stimulus pairing procedures.
 
105. The Effects of a Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing Procedure on the Acquisition of Conditioned Reinforcement for Attending to Faces in Children with Language and Developmental Delays
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Matthew C. Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates), KERRY UDO (Verbal Behavior Associates), Catherine E. Pope (Verbal Behavior Associates)
Abstract: A delayed pre- and post-probe design across participants was utilized in this study to assess the effectiveness of a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure on the acquisition of adult faces as conditioned reinforcers in four students diagnosed with language and developmental delays. The study was conducted in each participant’s home environment within a major metropolitan area. Participants were selected following the completion of pre-intervention probes, which indicated low levels of attending to the faces of speakers. The independent variable in this study was the delivery of a continuous stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure in the form of vocal praise, singing songs, edibles, tickling and gentle touch. The mastery criterion for the intervention was 240 seconds total attending during each 5 minute session. The dependent variable in this experiment was the total duration of appropriate attending to adult faces in seconds. The results for Participants A, B, C, and D are pending completion of the continuous stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure intervention.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #208
DDA Sun Noon
Sunday, May 25, 2014
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
106. Using Applied Behavior Analysis and Smart Technology for Meeting the Health Needs of Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
LINDA K. HAYMES (Touro University California), Keith Storey (Touro University California), Ana Maldonado (Touro University California), Michal Post (Touro University California), Joyce Montgomery (Vallejo City Unified School District)
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual disabilities often have special health care concerns such as diabetes, kidney disease, severe allergies, progressive illnesses, respiratory weaknesses, obesity, to name only a few. Smart technology can be an asset for individuals with intellectual disabilities for better managing their health care needs. Smart technology is increasingly being used in health care settings but the technology has not been developed specifically for individuals with intellectual disabilities. It is possible that the smart technology will not be effective or may need to be modified for individuals with Intellectual Disabilities to effectively use. We see key components in developing appropriate access and use of smart technology for the health of people with intellectual disabilities being: (a) systematic instructional methods, based upon applied behavior analysis, for consistent and accurate use of the technology, (b) modifying the current technology for people with intellectual disabilities, (c) guidelines for implementation, (d) and resources for getting the technology.
 
107. Assessing Visual Observation of Distress for Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disibilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
DANIEL CLARK (Kennedy Krieger Institute, University of Maryland Baltimore County), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Breau and colleagues (Breau et al., 2003; Breau, Finley, & McGrath, 2002; Breau, McGrath, Camfield, & Finley, 2000) developed the Non-Communicating Childrens Pain Checklist (NCCPC), a scale on which primary caregivers rate sensitivity to pain during naturally occurring painful stimulation (e.g., self-injury, accidents, post-surgery, etc.) to help determine when individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) are in pain. The NCCPC-R is a checklist of six domains of pain and has been assessed on children with IDD with and without SIB (Breau et al., 2000). However, it is unclear how feasible and reliable the NCCPC-R is for daily use with patients that often appear distressed frequently. We completed the NCCPC-R, for patients admitted to a hospital unit that treats severe problem behavior, following occurrences of injury and within 24 hours when no injury was apparent. Scores at the time of injury averaged 16.6 (range, 13-23), while scores when no injury was present averaged 0.3 (range, 0-1) providing support for this instrument. Results indicate the NCCPC-R may be a valid and useful measure of pain that can be used in an ongoing fashion for clinical care. Additionally, repeated observation with the NCCPC-R may be effective for measuring changes in distress caused by injuries over time.
 
108. Effects of Extinction for Aggression and Elopement and Differential Reinforcement for Work Completion in a Sheltered Workshop
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ZACHARY VARGO (Youngstown State University), Stephen Ray Flora (Youngstown State University)
Abstract: Workshops that employ clients with developmental disabilities may not be equipped to deal with highly persistent aggressive behaviors. As a result, aggressive clients risk expulsion from these services. The current study effectively used extinction to reduce physical aggression and elopement while differential reinforcement established and maintained vocational task completion of a twenty-three year old male with autism, mood disorder NOS, and seizure disorder. This successful intervention removed the threat of expulsion from workshop services
 
109. Visual Scanning, Reaction Time, and Heart Rate: Indicators of Perceptual Deficits in Low Reading Ability Children
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research
David Wayne Mitchell (Missouri State University), NONAH M. OLESEN (Missouri State University), Kirsty M. Kulhanek (Missouri State University), Carrie Melia (Missouri State University), Bret T. Eschman (Missouri State University), Keith M. Gora (Bemidji State University)
Abstract: First-grade children with literacy skills below normal limits were assessed via a series of visual learning laboratory tasks. The laboratory tasks employed Heart Rate (HR), Reaction Time (RT), and Visual Scanning (VS) measures. The evidence found in this descriptive study (slow RTs to incomplete letter presentations and failure to name correctly incomplete letters), suggest that low reading ability children lack basic letter identification skills. This is further supported by the direction of HR change. HR acceleration is associated with naming of previously learned information, whereas HR deceleration is associated with encoding of new/novel information, which was evident on the incomplete letter presentations. The HR findings are consistent with those found with low reading ability adults. Less exhaustive and systematic VS is associated with failure to attend to stimulus detail in normal and special populations (e.g., attention deficit disorder or autism). The majority of these children displayed less developed VS patterns to a face and while reading a 5-word sentence. It is suggested that intervention schemes that focus on attention to detail could be of benefit in increasing VS and visual discrimination learning, which in turn could improve basic reading skills.
 
110. Teaching the Activity of Daily Living Skill of Table Setting to Individuals with Developmental Disabilities With the Instructional Method of Discrete Trial Teaching Using a Multiple Baseline Design
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
RENEE PILI (Hawthorne Foundation)
Abstract: Discrete trials are regarded as an effective teaching method for individuals with developmental disabilities. Most individuals learn through observing others and exploring their environments; as well as engaging with, playing with or communicating with others, which is something that individuals with developmental disabilities have great difficulty with. In a Day Habilitation Program, 3 participants were given a program of setting the table. During baseline, individuals were asked to identify the proper materials for setting the table. A match-to-sample method was used to teach the consumers what the table setting materials were. During intervention phase, individuals were asked to identify the proper placement of materials for setting the table. It was found that baseline measurements were stable and when the intervention phase was implemented using DTT, data ascended for all participants. Results indicate that the participants (Stephanie, JP, and Joe) all had ascending trends with the ADL skill of setting the table across successive sessions. The results support the current data indicating success with DTT. The evidenced based method used in this particular study was a multiple baseline design across participants.
 
111. Functional Assessment of Problem Behavior Occurring during Transitions Between Activities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CLELIA GARANCE DELTOUR (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children), Stacy Cohen (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Children with autism and related disabilities may present with difficulties during transitions, both between locations and between activities (Davis, 1987). As behavior analysts, we aim to identify the conditions under which problem behavior occurs and its maintaining variable. The purpose of this study was to develop and conduct an assessment of problem behavior occurring during transitions for two participants with a disability. First, we identified for each participant several preferred, neutral, and non-preferred activities using caregiver surveys and a structured assessment. Second, we conducted a preference assessment to further clarify the results obtained using the caregiver surveys and structured assessment and identified one preferred, one neutral and one non-preferred activity for each participant. Finally, we conducted a functional analysis of problem behavior occurring during transitions between the activities identified in the preference assessment. Interobserver agreement data have been collected for at least 33% of conditions across all phases of the study and mean occurrence agreement is above 90%. The preliminary results obtained suggest that problem behavior occurred when the transition involved a worsening in the reinforcement condition, for example terminating one activity to initiate another less preferred activity (negative reinforcement contingency).
 
112. Preparing Children with Multiple Disabilities to Take a Hearing Test: A Technology-Transfer Project
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CAROL CUMMINGS (The University of Kansas), Yusuke Hayashi (Penn State Hazleton), Kathryn Saunders (The University of Kansas), Dean C. Williams (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: The purpose of this technology-transfer research program is to develop instructional programming for teaching nonverbal children with multiple disabilities to complete a behavioral audiometric evaluation in a clinic. The end goal is to produce a program that teachers, parents, or therapists can use outside the clinic to prepare children prior to an appointment. The program has been developed so that the operator controls the tones presented and their decibel levels. The participant is taught a simple successive discrimination task - to press a button in the presence of a tone and not in its absence. The poster describes the process of development, and presents representative data from a participant exposed to the most refined version of the procedures. The participant was a nonverbal boy with Down Syndrome. He was said to be untestable by his audiologist. Training occurred over four sessions, and generalized to the cliniche successfully completed a standard exam, and also an exam using bone conduction.
 
113. Increasing Child Compliance With Essential Routine Procedures: Acquisition & Generalization
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KELLEY L. HARRISON (The University of Kansas), Kimberley Zonneveld (The University of Kansas), Kristin Miller (The University of Kansas), Courtney Moore (The University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: The presence of certain stimuli during essential-routine procedures (e.g., hair cuts, dental exams, etc.) may evoke noncompliance in children with intellectual and developmental disabilities (Shumacher & Rapp, 2011). This can be a serious problem particularly when a procedure requires the use of sharp objects (e.g., scissors). The study evaluates the effects of demand fading plus reinforcement for increasing compliance with essential-routine procedures. A multiple baseline across subjects design, combined with a multiple probe design, was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the intervention. To date, seven children with developmental disabilities have participated. To date, results indicate that mere exposure to the simulated environment increased compliance for three children. However, training was necessary to increase compliance for five children. Successful generalization during natural environment probes was observed for one child. However, decreases in negative vocalizations and use of physical restraint in the natural setting (e.g., salon, dental office) were observed across all participants. This research extends the literature by assessing the extent to which treatment effects generalize to the natural setting with the relevant professional implementing the procedure and by identifying relevant stimuli to facilitate generalization.
 
114. The Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction of the Induction of the Naming Capability: Determining Whether Naming Can Be Induced Prior to Mastery of All Response Topographies
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SUSAN BUTTIGIEG (Teachers College, Columbia University), Lamis Baowaidan (Teachers College, Columbia University), Ellen Henighan (The Fred S. Keller School), Jessica Alverio (Fred S. Keller School), Exodia Mack (Fred S. Keller School)
Abstract: We tested the effects of multiple exemplar instruction across listener and speaker topographies on the induction of Naming using a delayed multiple baseline across participants design. The dependent variable was the number of correct responses to point, tact, and impure tact responses during probe sessions. The independent variable was multiple exemplar instruction across match, point, tact, and intraverbal responses. We conducted probes to test for Naming after mastery of each response topography. There were two conditions: a) conventional MEI and b) increased response requirement MEI. Participants were paired in dyads based on levels of verbal behavior. In conventional MEI, each response (M, P, T, IT) was consequated. In the increased response requirement condition, once a response topography was mastered during MEI, it was no longer consequated. We sought to 1) test whether Naming could be acquired prior to mastery of all four response topographies and 2) determine whether consequences were necessary for mastered response topographies in order to acquire Naming. Results are pending at the time of this submission.
 
115. Effects of Noncontingent Reinforcement Within a Comprehensive Treatment Package to Reduce Physical Disruption During Work Tasks
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JORDAN LILL (Urbandale Community School District), Julie McKibben (Urbandale Community School District), Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education), Jennifer Gilmore (Heartland Area Education Agency)
Abstract: The physical disruption of a 17-year old female student in a integrated school setting was evaluated using descriptive assessments and a concurrent operants assessment. Results of the assessment suggest that physical disruption was maintained by both positive (gain tangible) and negative reinforcement (escape). Treatment was created using a comprehensive treatment package including functional communication training (FCT) and escape extinction (EE). Greater treatment effects were demonstrated in a reversal design (ABAB) when noncontingent access to preferred items (NCR) during work was added to the treatment package. One-month, two-month, and four-month follow-ups indicated physical disruption was reduced to zero levels with the inclusion of NCR within the treatment package. The results of this case study replicate effects demonstrated in other studies that also demonstrated NCR can be a critical component within a comprehensive treatment package that can decrease rates of problematic behavior in a school setting.
 
116. Effects of Pressure Vest on Behavioral/Physiological Measures of a Child With Developmental Disability
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MELINDA SNODGRASS (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Mary Pietrowicz (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Karrie Karahalios (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Jennifer Kim (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Mindy Borden (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Laura DeThorne (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Mariana Aparicio Betancourt (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), James Halle (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign)
Abstract: Children with developmental disabilities are often reported to have difficulty regulating sensory input and modulating behavior, which could negatively impacts their participation in community activities. To address issues with sensory regulation, occupational therapy and sensory integration interventions have often been used. One tool for children who are suspected to benefit from tactile input is the application of a pressure vest that applies pressure across the upper body and can be worn across a variety of settings. Despite its common use, there is lack of scientific studies showing cause-effect relations between the use of pressure vests and a positive change in an individuals arousal level and behavior. The purpose of this pilot study was to examine the effect of wearing a pressure vest on behavioral/physiological measures of one child with a developmental disability using a single-case reversal design. Results indicated that the pressure vest did not improve behavior for this student. Instead, the teachers instructional practices (i.e., systematic vs. unstructured) appeared to be the primary factor impacting the childs behavior. The study and the discussion are strengthened by the variety of expertise on the multidisciplinary team including professionals from Special Education, Speech and Hearing Sciences, Computer Science, and Occupational Therapy.
 
117. Using Video Modeling to Train Staff to Conduct Task Analyses and Use Prompts Appropriately
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
ALISON LAUBE (AdvoServ)
Abstract: Video modeling was used as a staff training tool to teach direct care staff in a residential setting how to conduct task analyses and to use prompts appropriately. The experimental design used for this study was a multiple baseline across participants. The independent variable in this study was a video of the experimenter modeling the appropriate prompting procedure used during each step of a task analysis and when implementing a behavior support plan. The experimenter utilized that phase of the protocol that instructed staff to teach from a task analysis and use the prompt hierarchy (gestural, verbal and gestural, model, and physical). Each of the tasks used for this study contained at least five steps and were tasks with which the consumer was unfamiliar. The results of the current study demonstrated that video modeling can be a useful tool to teach staff how to properly prompt an individual through a variety of different tasks, it also showed that not all staff participants will respond to the video model. These results showed that some staff can be trained using a video model paired with didactic training, or with the video model itself to depict how staff will be expected to use a variety of skills, including the prompting hierarchy, to perform their job duties in a more effective manner.
 
118. Segment-Unit Reading With MTS Procedure For The Students With Intellectual Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MIKIMASA OMORI (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University)
Abstract: Students with intellectual disabilities (ID) often show the reading difficulties, especially in reading comprehension. For these students, repeated reading training is widely used to improve reading comprehension score. However, it is sometimes difficult for students with ID to improve their reading skills by reading whole sentence repeatedly. In addition, because they sometimes show the lack of expressive vocabulary, we used matching-to-sample (MTS) task to evaluate their reading comprehension skills. Since students with ID can read and comprehend the words or segments well, we presented each segment of the stories sequentially. In the present study, we examined whether four students with ID improved their reading comprehension through segment-unit reading with MTS procedure. During the baseline, students were required to read whole six stories and answer the two questions from each story as MTS test. In the training, we used only three stories. Students were asked to read each segments sequentially and answer the questions by making choice responses. The results indicated that all students could improve reading comprehension skills of not only their trained stories but also untrained stories. Results suggested the segment-unit reading training can be applied to the students with ID by combining MTS procedure.
 
119. Training Parents From Distance Via Internet Technology: A Pilot Study
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
HEDDA MEADAN (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Melinda Snodgrass (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Lori Meyer (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Moon Chung (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Kimberly Wolowiec-Fisher (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), James Halle (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign)
Abstract: We describe a pilot study of the Internet-based Parent-Implemented Communication Strategies (i-PiCS) program that provides long-distance training and coaching via the Internet to parents of young children with disabilities. The program is designed to teach parents to use four evidence-based teaching strategies to improve their childs social communication skills: (a) environmental arrangement, (b) modeling, (c) mand-model, and (d) time delay. We describe the potential of the Internet to help practitioners overcome challenges to providing early intervention services. Using a multiple-baseline design across naturalistic teaching strategies within each family, we studied the effect of the i-PiCS program on parents implementation of each strategy. We also examined the effect that changes in the parents use of the strategies have on their childrens communicative behavior. Methods and results from this pilot will be presented. The participating parents increased the rate at which they used these strategies and the quality with which they used the strategies following training and coaching. Children increased the number of time they initiated communication with their parent. We will also discuss potential barriers, benefits, and implications for practice and research for internet-based parent training programs.
 
120. Teaching Sexuality to Young Adults With Developmental Differences
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JULIE LAROSA (University of Rochester)
Abstract: Sexuality education is a topic often avoided by parents and educators of students with developmental differences and intellectual disabilities based on fears, misconceptions, and ignorance (Boehning, 2006). When parents and educators fail to approach sexuality in a collaborative manner, the student suffers, unable to understand or confused about their changing bodies (Boehning, 2006). Sexuality programs must provide students with detailed information relating to sex (Hatton & Tector, 2010). Children who possess an intellectual disability are 4.6 times (Smith & Harrell, n.d.) to 4.8 times (Boehning, 2006) more likely to be victims of sexual abuse than children who do not possess an intellectual disability. Failing to take responsibility to teach sexuality will only compound the need that currently exists. This presentation provides a summary of the issues and needs associated with educating students with intellectual disabilities on the subject of sexuality. Necessary aspects will include a discussion concerning the abstinence-only approach from a historical perspective along with the fears associated with teaching sexuality from a parent and educators point of view. Further discussion will involve developing appropriate curriculum required to approach the topic of sexuality as well as the modifications necessary to prepare students with developmental differences to assimilate in their community.
 
121. An Assessment of Treatment Options Used To Decrease Packing Behavior During Meal Time
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTOPHER MAYMON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Packing is a problematic mealtime behavior characterized by holding or pocketing solids or liquids without swallowing. Treatments to reduce packing may include the contingent presentation of a liquid chaser or differential reinforcement, such as providing access to preferred tangible items. In this study, we designed an assessment to compare common treatments for packing in order to determine which treatment option most greatly reduced packing in 2 children with severe feeding disorders. The assessment conditions included (1) the delivery of tangible reinforcement contingent upon mouth clean, (2) waiting for a mouth clean before presenting the next bite of food, (3) re-distributing the packed food across the child’s tongue with a Nuk© brush, (4) a flipped spoon procedure to deposit the food in the child’s mouth, and (5) continued bite presentations, wherein up to three bites were presented after a pack was observed until the third consecutive pack. Results indicated that offering tangible reinforcement contingent upon mouth cleans produced the largest decrease in packing. Potential implications for treatment design will be discussed.
 
122. Correspondence Between Teacher-Conducted Trial-Based Functional Analyses and Traditional Functional Analyses With High-School Aged Students
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CASEY CLAY (Utah State University), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Tashina Meeker (Utah State University), Heather Weese (Utah State University)
Abstract: Trial-based functional analysis is an empirical method to determine causal relations between behavior and the environment. Previous research has shown the outcome of trial-based functional analysis corresponded to the outcome of traditional functional analysis in approximately 60% of the cases. When lack of resources does not allow traditional functional analyses to be conducted, trial-based functional analysis conducted by classroom teachers may be a viable alternative. We conducted traditional and trial-based functional analyses for four high-school aged students with developmental disabilities. We found correspondence between trial-based functional analyses and traditional functional analyses for two of the four students, and partial correspondence for the remaining two students. Furthermore, school personnel displayed high procedural integrity when conducting trial-based functional analyses. Although not a replacement for traditional functional analyses, trial-based functional analyses may be a viable alternative for teachers when resources for traditional functional analyses are not available. Future research might investigate whether teachers can design interventions based on results from trial-based functional analysis.
 
123. Alternate Means of Functional Assessment for Sexually Inappropriate Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MIRANDA DEPOY (Partnership for Behavior Change), Sorah Stein (Partnership for Behavior Change)
Abstract: When working with individuals who engage in socially inappropriate behavior, it is important to assess for and identify the variables maintaining the behavior (Carr & Durand, 1985; Meyer, 1999). Once we do so, we can more accurately target our interventions and maximize our success. Though it might be tempting to assume that behaviors that by topography suggest automatic reinforcement, in fact do, it is essential to conduct functional assessment of these behaviors as they may also or instead be maintained by social consequences, such as attention or escape (Mace & Belfiore, 1990). One method of assessing situations in which a behavior reliably occurs is antecedent analysis (Carr & Durand, 1985; Stichter et al., 2009). For example, Meyer (1999) conducted functional assessment of antecedent events, specifically looking at attention and difficulty of presented tasks as probable antecedents to target behavior. Examining antecedent events suggested demand and attention as reliable antecedent events, while experimental functional analysis confirmed escape as the function (Mace & Belfiore, 1990). In these cases, antecedent analysis, assessing any reliable precursor or covarying behaviors, and examining the environmental context in which the behavior occurs can provide the information needed to facilitate effective intervention.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #209
AUT Sun Noon
Sunday, May 25, 2014
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
124. Increasing Food Acceptance in the School Setting for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Using High Probability Requests Sequences
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARISSA CONGDON (CSUSB)
Abstract: Behavioral feeding difficulties occur at a high rate in children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and can have a serious impact on their overall health and development. Although there are a number of studies demonstrating effective strategies for addressing behavioral feeding difficulties in children with ASD, the majority of them have been conducted in clinical settings. High probability (high-p) request sequences have been used as an antecedent intervention to increase compliance, appropriate behavior, social interactions, decrease stereotypy, self injurious behavior, increase compliance to academic tasks, increase communication skills, and in interventions to increase food acceptance and consumption. This evidence-based intervention has been demonstrated to be effective in both clinical and applied (e.g., school) settings. The current study investigated the efficacy of high probability request sequences, an easy to implement, school-based behavioral feeding treatment. In the study food related and non-food related high probability requests sequences were compared for efficacy. The participants in the study were three children with ASD that had parent and teacher reported feeding difficulties. Results suggested that school-based high probability response sequences were extremely effective for 2 of the 3 participants. Consumers were very positive about the intervention.
 
125. Comparing the Effectiveness and Efficiency of Error Correction Procedures
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SAMANTHA MOBERG (University of Oregon), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon), Vincent E. Campbell (University of Oregon), Tom Cariveau (University of Oregon), Traci Elaine Ruppert (University of Oregon), Kristin Rush (University of Oregon), Eva Kurtz-Nelson (University of Oregon)
Abstract: We extended McGhan and Lerman (2013) by evaluating the efficiency of several error-correction procedures commonly used in practice. We compared differential reinforcement without prompts, demonstration, time delay, single practice, and multiple practice to identify the most efficient and least intrusive procedure(s) to teach sight words and tacts using an adapted alternating treatments design. Two students, Cam and Mitchell, diagnosed with an ASD and Fragile X (Cam only) participated. Our dependent variables included sessions to mastery, exposures to mastery, and session time (seconds). Cam’s results showed that the demonstration procedure was the most efficient (2862 s of training), least intrusive, and required the fewest exposures (414) to reach the mastery criterion. Mitchell achieved the mastery criterion after only five sessions of both time delay and multiple practice with 45 and 91 total exposures, respectively, although time delay was less intrusive and required less instructional time (724 s). This study provides recommendations for clinical practice as well as future research on the use of error-correction procedures.
 
126. Effects of Automatic Reinforcement on Basic Receptive Discriminations in Children Within Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HEGE AARLIE (Norway ABA), Kristine Berg Titlestad (Bergen Kommune), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract: Background: Despite extensive efforts some children within autism spectrum have difficulties in establishing basic receptive discriminations. Aim: Can automatic reinforcement procedures facilitate receptive discriminations? Methods: Six children within autism spectrum disorder (39-65 moths) completed the project. They had no receptive language, but all had matching and some imitations skills. An automatic reinforcement procedure was compared to a reinforcement procedure in an alternating treatment design. In the automatic reinforcement condition, the reinforcer follows the response (e.g., Sd: Chips, R: Eats chips). In the other condition reinforce is arbitrary and varies (e.g., Sd: Horse, R: Touches horse) and reinforcement can be a grape. Results: Our results show that two children learned basic receptive discriminations much faster in the automatic reinforcement condition. For one child there was no difference between the conditions. During the project three children did not learn through any of the procedures. Conclusions: Automatic reinforcement may facilitate basic receptive discriminations for some children with autism.
 
127. Evaluating Single-Operant and Paired-Stimulus Free-Operant Reinforcer Assessments for Social Stimuli
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANDRESSA SLEIMAN (Florida International University), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (Florida International University), Jessica Weber (Florida International University)
Abstract: It is theorized that children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) prefer non-social tangible reinforcers as compared to socially based reinforcers. The current study is based on pilot data from a previous study, which showed that reinforcer assessments similar to those used for nonsocial reinforcers may be effective in determining social reinforcers. This study compared single-operant and paired-stimulus free-operant assessments to evaluate their utility in identifying social reinforcers. The results showed that both procedures may be utilized in identifying possible social reinforcers. Implications and future directions will be discussed.
 
128. Training a Parent to Teach their Child Three Qualitatively Different Skills Using Behavioral Skills Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LEIGH COOPER (New York Center for Autism Charter School), Emily Nickerson (New York Center for Autism Charter School), Kyle Roberts (New York Center for Autism Charter School), Jessica Seeman (New York Center for Autism Charter School), Julie Fisher (New York Center for Autism Charter School)
Abstract: The current literature suggests that behavioral skills training (BST) is an effective and efficient method to teach both professionals and parents to work more effectively with individuals with developmental disabilities. A limited number of these studies, however, have assessed tactics to promote skill generalization across a wide domain of behavior analytic teaching strategies. The purpose of this study was to expand the current literature and investigate whether BST can be used to teach a parent a variety of behavior analytic teaching skills. A multiple baseline design across skills was used to train one parent to teach her son diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) three qualitatively different skills. The parent acquired all three target skills in a total of 13 training sessions. The parent also showed reliable generalization to novel targets across two of the three skill domains. These data suggest that BST can be used to train parents of individuals with ASD to effectively implement a variety of teaching strategies.
 
129. Assessment of Staff Affect on the Challenging Behavior of a Student With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MATTHEW L. EDELSTEIN (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University      ), Rebecca Schulman (Rutgers University), Kyung Mo Nam (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Research has shown that quality of attention (e.g., tone of voice, physical interaction) can affect rates of problem behavior (e.g., Fisher, Ninness, Piazza, & Owen-Deschryver, 1996; Kodak, Northup, & Kelley, 2007). For example, Gardner, Wacker, and Boelter (2009) showed that escape maintained problem behavior was higher in low quality attention conditions than high quality attention conditions. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of high intensity and low intensity staff affect on problem behavior during academic demands. The participant was a 10-year old student with autism referred for the assessment of challenging behavior, including aggression, property destruction, and pica. Classroom staff anecdotally reported that the student was more likely to engage in challenging behavior with specific staff members. Staff members alternated both mastered programs and target demands with either heightened or low intensity affect. Intensity was defined by volume and changes in facial expression (i.e., high intensity affect was delivered with volume above conversational level and involved changes in facial expression and body position). Results indicated that, for mastered skills, low intensity affect produced higher levels of challenging behavior for 3 out of 5 staff members. For target skills, low intensity affect produced higher levels of challenging behavior for 3 out of 4 staff members. Implications for staff-student interaction and academic programming will be discussed.
 
130. Evaluation of an Abolishing Operation Manipulation During Activity Transitions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
WILLIAM SULLIVAN (Syracuse University), Brian K. Martens (Syracuse University), Joseph E. Underberg (Syracuse University), Stephanie J. Long (Syracuse University), Michael Patrick Mullane (Syracuse University)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders often engage in problem behavior during activity transitions. The present study compared use of a picture schedule to a picture schedule coupled with an abolishing operation (i.e., a 30-s fixed-time schedule of interruptions during the final 2 min of a pre-transition activity) at decreasing transition latency and transition-related problem behavior. Two preschool-aged boys with autism spectrum disorders who engaged in problem behavior during transitions participated. An adapted alternating treatments design was used to evaluate the effects of a picture schedule alone and in combination with the abolishing operation across two equivalent high- to low-preferred activity transitions. The number of interruptions was then faded (e.g., 4 interruptions to 1 interruption) followed by a reversal to the 30-s schedule. Results showed decreases in transition latency during the abolishing operation condition but not with use of the picture schedule alone for both children. Implications for the use of abolishing operations to temporarily decrease the reinforcing properties of high-preferred activities are discussed.
 
131. Assessment and Treatment of Rumination Displayed by a 10-year-old Male Diagnosed With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA MOLLOY (Arizona Centers for Comprehensive Education and Life Skills), Rebecca Renee Wiskirchen (Western Michigan University), Michelle Reed (Arizona ABA)
Abstract: The current study addresses the assessment and treatment of rumination displayed by a 10-year-old male diagnosed with autism. All assessment and treatment conditions were conducted in a special education private day school. The descriptive assessment indicated rumination might be maintained by non-social reinforcement. A functional analysis was conducted to further investigate the possible contingencies reinforcing rumination. Results showed low, but varied, rates of rumination for all conditions and no differential responding across conditions. A multiple-treatment reversal design was selected to assess a variety of previously researched treatments (Sharp, Phillips, & Mudford, 2012; Lang et al., 2011) for automatically maintained rumination behavior. Three interventions were assessed: reduced liquid at mealtime, gum chewing, and non-contingent food delivery. Results from the treatment analysis show rumination rates decreased to near zero levels. Over time, variability increased significantly, leading to the introduction of the second intervention, gum-chewing. A changing criterion design was used to teach Cody how to chew gum, however, this was not successful, possibly due to his developmental level. Non-contingent food delivery on a fixed time schedule was introduced. The analyses showed that this was an effective treatment for reducing rumination with this individual.
 
132. A Brief Assessment to Predict Multiple-Schedule and Response-Restriction Performance During Functional Communication Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DANIEL R. MITTEER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  ), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is widely used to reduce problem behavior while teaching an alternative form of communication (Tiger & Hanley, 2008). However, high rates of requesting reinforcement during FCT schedule thinning may be impractical (Hagopian, Boelter, & Jarmolowicz, 2011). Multiple (Mult) schedules of reinforcement have proven effective during FCT (Hanley, Iwata, & Thompson, 2001). However, the efficacy of Mult FCT may be limited if individuals are unable to discriminate multiple-schedule components (Betz, Fisher, Roane, Mintz, & Owen, 2013). Response restriction (RR), or removing access to communication materials during periods of extinction, can also reduce high levels of requesting while treating problem behavior (Roane et al., 2004) and may prove useful for children unable to discriminate Mult-FCT components. The current investigation was designed to evaluate childrens simple- and conditional-discrimination abilities prior to evaluating Mult FCT and RR. Results for one child with an autism spectrum disorder suggest the assessments can accurately predict responding during subsequent Mult FCT and RR sessions.
 
133. Treatment of High-Risk Elopement Across Clinic, Home, and School Settings
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TIMOTHY EDWARD GRAY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jaclyn Brande (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa F. Pohl (Calvert County Public Schools), Huna Yim (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Theodosia R. Paclawskyj (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Elopement, defined as running more than 2 feet away from the proximity of a caregiver, is a challenging behavior to treat with individuals with intellectual disabilities. Caregivers may find it difficult to anticipate the behavior and prevent it from occurring (Kodak, Grow, & Northrup, 2004). In the present study, differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO), in combination with a response cost and criterion to re-earn reinforcers was used to decrease high risk elopement to near zero levels. The participant was an 8-year-old female diagnosed with Autistic Disorder and Disruptive Behavior Disorder NOS. A functional analysis for elopement was conducted and the results suggested that the participant would engage in elopement to obtain caregiver attention. Baseline sessions were implemented by staff in a pairwise design, followed by an attention analysis comparing noncontingent attention and moderate attention provided intermittently. Treatment components consisted of differential reinforcement of other behaviors, a response cost, and criterion to re-earn reinforcers, which resulted in a 100% reduction in elopement in the clinic setting. Because of ethical and safety concerns, a reversal to baseline was not conducted. However, a significant decrease in elopement was observed across home and school settings as treatment was implemented in a successive manner across settings. These treatment components were generalized to caregivers in the home, school, and community settings, and the efficacy of the treatment was maintained throughout all environments as evidenced by data collection. The current study successfully thinned the schedule of tangible reinforcement to 1 hour, allowing the treatment to be implemented with ease in the community. The primary caregivers continue to conduct the treatment without the assistance or supervision of clinical staff in home, school, and community settings, while the reductions in rates of elopement behaviors have continued to remain at or near zero levels after 5 months of follow-up data.
 
134. A Review of Hand and Object Mouthing Interventions for Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
HAILEY ORMAND (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: Mouthing behaviors, including the mouthing of hands and other objects, occur in more than 10% of individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and can have negative effects on health, social functioning, and adaptive behavior. Previous research indicates that mouthing behaviors are an important area for early intervention, as they are incompatible with most forms of communication and may restrict functional use of the hands. The current presentation provides a systematic review of the literature on interventions for mouthing behaviors in young children with ASD and other developmental disabilities, with a focus on the efficacy, feasibility, and social validity of those interventions. In contrast to the large body of literature describing mouthing interventions for adults, results of the present review revealed a paucity of research describing interventions for young children, especially children with ASD. Each of the seven studies included in the review is described and evaluated. Limitations of previous research are discussed, including the use of outdated and aversive techniques no longer considered appropriate for young children. Implications for treatment and promising future directions are considered.
 
135. Efficacy of an Early Intervention Program for Children With Autism: Evaluation of Initial Outcomes
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
LAURYN M. TOBY (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Although autism typically results in lifelong impairments in functioning, researchers have demonstrated that applied behavior analysis delivered early in life may improve intellectual and communicative functioning in many children with ASD (Anderson et al., 1987; Harris et al., 1991; Lovaas, 1987; Sheinkopf & Siegel, 1998). Whereas lawmakers have recommended that educators use evidence-based practices, there is a lack of consensus regarding appropriate service models for educating young children with autism (e.g., Simpson, 2003). The purpose of this investigation was to evaluate the effectiveness of a developmentally focused and behaviorally-based early childhood intervention program for 8 children ages 3-5 years with ASD. In the current study, changes in childrens communicative, cognitive, adaptive, social and autism-related functioning over a 9-month period of enrollment were assessed using standardized measures, rating scales, and direct observations of behavior at baseline and follow-up. Data were analyzed to assess whether the children made measurable gains in the areas of communication, social skills and adaptive functioning that exceed what would be expected given their developmental trajectories at the start of the intervention. Additionally, measures of the programs treatment fidelity and treatment acceptability were collected. Results indicated high levels of treatment fidelity and significant gains in the majority, but not all of the children after 9 months of intervention.
 
136. Effects of Fluency Training on Textual Responding to Words on Reading Comprehension in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KI SOON HONG (Kongju National University), Hyeim Kim (Kongju National University), Eunhee Paik (Kongju National University), Hye-Suk Lee Park (Kongju National University), Youngmo Yang (Kongju National University), Sukhee Kim (Kongju National University), Hyejin Shin (Kongju National University), Sungbong Lee (Baekseok University)
Abstract: The present study tested if fluency training on textual responding to words would improve reading comprehension with an 8-year old boy with autism. The dependent variables were numbers of correct answers to the questions which were given after the participant read a paragraph.. A paragraph composed of 110 to 130 Korean words was given during each trial and the paragraphs used in the study were similar in the level of difficult. A delayed multiple baselines across the following behaviors was utilized: answering questions after hearing a paragraph read by the experimenter, answering questions after reading a paragraph aloud , and answering questions after reading a paragraph silently. During the baseline, the participant was required to read 20 words which were selected from a paragraph with 90% of accuracy for two consecutive sessions. During the intervention condition, the participant was required to read 20 words selected from a paragraph for 1 minute twice. IOA was obtained for 30% of experimental sessions and the mean IOA was 93.3 with a range from 87.5 to 100%. The results demonstrated that fluency training improve reading comprehension of the participant. Key words: fluency, accuracy, reading comprehension, textual responding
 
137. Effects of Echoic Training on Listener Training and the Emergence of Speaker Relations
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
PAULO AUGUSTO COSTA CHEREGUINI (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos  ), Gardenia de Oliveira Barbosa (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Nassim Chamel Elias (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: The issue regarding the functional independence of speaker and listener behaviors is still not totally clarified. Although there are evidences that it is best to start tact training to yield the emergence of listener behaviors the reasons why this is a possibility is still open to scrutiny. In the present study we considered that in listener training procedures whether or not the participant is behaving as a speaker during the task is not clear. A task, which required the participant to emit an echoic response in the presence of the sample stimulus, was used. Two conditional discriminations were taught (A1B1/A2B2) with an observation response consisting of pointing to the sample with two six- to seven -year-old children with autism. Speaker relations (B1A1/B2A2) were introduced next as a probe. Next, after the presentation of the spoken verbal sample stimulus the participants were instructed to emit the correspondent echoic, and this phase was also followed by the B1A1/B2A2 probe condition. Finally, common naming was introduced for A1B1 and A2B2. Results showed that participants did not master conditional discrimination relations. Common naming also did not improve performance. Behavior prerequisites may be needed to yield emergence of listener and speaker relations.
 
138. Use of a Pause Procedure to Teach Appropriate Echoic Responding Following the Instruction, "Say"
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MEGAN ASHLEY LEVESQUE (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  ), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jessica Niemeier (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) often engage in indiscriminate echoic responding such as echolalia of the instruction "say" when prompted to repeat a word or phrase. Despite the prevalence of echolalia in ASD and its potential to interfere with the acquisition of functional language, few studies have addressed echolalia of instructions during language training (Ingvarrson, 2011; Kodak, 2012). In the present study, we used a nonconcurrent multiple baseline to evaluate a procedure in which a pause was introduced between the say prompt and the echoic prompt and then systematically shortened in duration on inappropriate echolalia of the word "say" and appropriate echolalia of the echoic prompt. Two children diagnosed with an ASD and one diagnosed with Unspecified Adjustment Reaction Disorder participated. For all participants, zero or near-zero levels of correct responding were observed during baseline in which there was differential reinforcement for correct echoic responding but no pause. Appropriate echoic responding increased for all participants following the pause procedure, although some participants required an additional blackout procedure to produce desirable outcomes. Appropriate echoic responding maintained across new words, therapists, and settings.
 
139. Increasing Vocal Manding Through Assessment and Training Procedures
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KARI J. ADOLF (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  ), Megan Ashley Levesque (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  ), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often lack socially appropriate vocal mands repertoires and may rely on specific echoic prompts provided by adults. This study examined the efficacy of a treatment package designed to train initial manding skills consisting of (a) a descriptive assessment to identify vocal sounds that could be shaped into recognizable mands, (b) a preference assessment to identify potential reinforcers for mands, and (c) the vocal mand assessment developed by Bourret, Vollmer, and Rapp (2004). Two participants diagnosed with ASD with no consistent mands or tacts at the start participated. The vocal mand assessment was comprised of four prompting levels, with progressively shorter reinforcement intervals associated with each successive prompt. Results indicated that novel, appropriate mands emerged during the assessment for both participants, but one participant (Hank) required nonspecific prompts and the other (Gilbert) required modeled prompts. These results suggest that this assessment package may be used to develop initial mands, but additional prompt fading procedures may also be needed to encourage independent manding. Bourret, J., Vollmer, T. R., & Rapp, J. T. (2004). Evaluation of a vocal mand assessment and vocal mand training procedures. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, (37), 129-144
 
140. Using a Chaining Prompt Within Matrix Training to Evaluate Acquisition and Recombinitive Generalization of Tacting Two-Digit Numbers
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANDREA CLEMENTS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tamara L. Pawich (Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Tech), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  ), Jennifer Felber (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders are characterized by deficits in expressive language. Matrix training is a procedure that has been used to teach expressive language and evaluate re-combinative generalization of targets. In the current investigation, a child with autism was taught to tact two-digit numbers. The matrix consisted of the tens position on the first axis (20 - 90) and ones position (2 - 9) on the second axis producing 64 two-digit numbers. A pre-treatment baseline resulted in zero levels of independent responding for all numbers. Eight two-digit numbers were taught using chaining and progressive prompt delay procedures. The chaining prompt involved presenting flashcards with each the two-digit and one-digit number (e.g., 20 and 3 for 23), while simultaneously vocally modeling the correct number. A post-treatment baseline showed correct responding for all untrained two-digit numbers except for two numbers in the matrix. Standard prompt delay procedures were used to teach the two unlearned numbers. This treatment procedure will be evaluated with this participant to teach three digit numbers.
 
141. Using an Alternate Approach to Toilet Train Students with Autism in Public School: A Replication of Wilson's Generic Habit-training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATHLEEN MCCABE-ODRI (Partners in Learning, Inc.), Lauren DeGrazia (Partners in Learning, Inc.), Jennifer Cornely (Partners in Learning, Inc.), Nicole M. Rzemyk (Partners in Learning, Inc.), Nicole Pease (Partners in Learning, Inc.)
Abstract: Toilet training is an important life skill that many educators and/or parents struggle with teaching learners with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The current study applied protocols from Wilsons Generic Habit-training (1993) to toilet train five subjects diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder: two school-aged boys, one preschool-aged boy, and two nursery-aged boys. Subjects in this study were tracked during baseline phase in order to calculate high frequency wet/soiled target intervals. During treatment phases, those subjects were only given the opportunity to void into the toilet during target intervals. Once subjects were voiding successfully within 3-5 minutes per opportunity for 80% (i.e., 4/5 days during that interval) criteria, a new target high frequency void interval is added. After approximately three target high frequency intervals achieve 80% success criteria, and voids outside of the toilet are reduces to 5% or less, the self-initiation of toileting needs and bowl training phases are introduced. Three subjects achieved success during the three target intervals for daytime continence during the study and are in the self-initiation and bowl phase. The other two subjects are beginning the three target intervals for daytime continence phase. Subjects 1 and 2 are also successfully voiding in the home setting.
 
142. Parent Training of Nail Cutting of a Phobic Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KARA REAGON (Reagon Behavioral Consulting and Rider University)
Abstract: Few empirically validated studies have been published on the treatment of phobias in children with developmental delays (Jones & Friman, 1999; Love, Matson & West, 1990; Ricciardi, Luiselli & Camare, 2006; Shabani & Fisher, 2006;). Only one study trained mothers to effectively treat their childs fear (Love, Matson & West, 1990). A multi-component treatment and parent-training package was implemented in the home for nail cutting of a 10 year old boy diagnosed with autism who exhibited phobic responses. The treatment package consisted of the use of escape extinction, noncontingent reinforcement, and shaping. Parent training consisted of written and didactic instruction, modeling, and fading. Efficacy of treatment packages was assessed using a changing criterion design. Maintenance and social validity data were also collected. The treatment package was effective in producing compliance with nail cutting with the experimenter. Parent training procedures produced effective parent implementation of procedures that maintained and generalized across nail clippers, fingernails and toenails. The study included interobserver agreement, procedural fidelity, and social validity measures. This is a data-based poster presentation. Results will be presented in graph and table formats.
 
143. Using a Post Reinforcement Expanded Language Model to Increase Language Production in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LACIE BEATON (BEACON ABA Services, Inc), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: This study was a replication and expansion of research conducted by Smith and Ross in 2011, who attempted to replicate a paper presented in 2010 by Olive, Cage, Tarbox, and Chiang entitled The Effects of Expansion at the End of Discrete Trials. The current study evaluated the effects of an expanded language model on the subsequent production of language following the occurrence of a correct targeted response. Olive et al. found an increase in language production for all three subjects during discrete trial teaching when provided with an expanded language model. Additionally these expanded language performances were noted to occur in non-training settings. In contrast, Smith and Ross were unable to replicate the same findings with their participants. This study evaluated the effects of the procedure on three participants under the age of three. Only one of the three demonstrated expanded language while the other two did not. These results are consistent with those of Smith and Ross, but conflict with those found by Olive et al.
 
144. Effect of a Lag Schedule of Positive Reinforcement on Sharing Toys by a Boy With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BRYANT C. SILBAUGH (The University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: A recent review (in preparation) of applied studies of lag and lag-like schedules of reinforcement on verbal and non-verbal behavior of children with developmental disabilities (e.g. Lee & Sturmey) suggests lag schedules may increase variant responding in individuals with autism. Sharing leisure items is an important skill for young children that sets the occasion for enjoyable interactions with, and learning from, other children. Lag schedules may have clinical utility in the treatment of restricted interests by children with autism manifested as a reduced tendency to relinquish preferred items to others in social activities (i.e. sharing toy cars). Using an ABAB design, we examined the effects of a lag 1 schedule of reinforcement in the form of attention on sharing toys by a boy with Autism. Preliminary data showed increased variant responding in the form of sharing different toys concurrent with the presence of the lag schedule. Implications and other potential uses of lag schedules for behavior intervention are discussed. Key words: Lag schedule, variability, Autism, sharing
 
145. Assessment of Motor and Vocal Imitation
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ELAINE ESPANOLA (Florida International University), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (Florida International University)
Abstract: Imitation has been established as being vital in both the social and intellectual domains of development and the general acquisition of skills throughout the lifespan. Appropriately, researchers have focused on understanding the development of these skills and have been able to tentatively identify the natural trajectory by which imitative skills are acquired throughout the first and second year of life. These studies have also identified imitation deficits in overall imitation abilities, oral-facial imitation, and imitation of gestures in children with Autism Spectrum Disorders. However, to date, findings from imitation scales have not been used to inform clinicians in the formulation of interventions that target imitation skills. Consequently, clinicians do not have clear protocol for choosing appropriate target imitative behavior. Emphasizing the lack of an experimentally validated protocol for arranging imitation tasks in a hierarchal order. The present study expects that Motor and Vocal Imitation Assessment (MVIA) will provide: an empirically validated procedure for ordering imitation tasks by difficulty, and an understanding of the correlation between imitation and other developmental areas.
 
146. Anxiety Presentation and Assessment in Nonhuman Primates: Implications for Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
HEATHER GONZALES (The University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin), Russell Lang (Texas State University), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (Victoria University of Wellington), Giulio Lancioni (University of Bari), Michelle Kuhn (The University of Texas at Austin), Laura Rojeski (The University of Texas at Austin), Deanna Longino (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: Anxiety is increasingly being recognized as an issue for many individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Current instruments for assessing anxiety rely largely on verbal report, making them difficult or impossible to administer to individuals with ASD who can have significantly limited language development. Developing instruments for assessing anxiety that are created specifically for people with ASD and that emphasize nonverbal behaviors could improve the ability of clinicians to recognize, and thereby treat, anxiety in this population. Elements of nonhuman primate research on anxiety, including methodologies used to provoke anxiety and the behavioral indicators used to identify it might prove relevant to the study of anxiety in individuals with ASD who have limited verbal repertoires. This poster will summarize experimental research on anxiety involving nonhuman primate subjects since the year 2000. Within the 67 studies included, 18 unique types of experimental protocols and 58 behavioral indicators of anxiety were identified. The possible relevance of these experimental protocols and behavioral indicators to the assessment of anxiety among individuals with ASD with significantly limited language development will be discussed.
 
147. Emotion Regulation in Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Review of the Current Literature and Future Directions
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
KENDRA THOMSON (York University), Lisa Chan (York University), Jonathan Weiss (York University)
Abstract: Emotion regulation (ER) difficulties are a common factor underlying the presentation of multiple emotional and behavioral problems in typically developing individuals and those with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The goal of this systematic review was to provide an overview of how ER has been studied in individuals with ASD. We reviewed the past 20 years of ER research in the ASD population, using established keywords from the most comprehensive ER literature review in the typically developing population to date. Twenty-four studies were determined to be eligible for review, out of an initial sampling of 244. The types of methods used to assess ER in individuals with ASD included self-report, informant report, naturalistic observation/behaviour coding, physiological, and open-ended. Results indicated that naturalistic observation/behavioral coding methods were used in over 50% of the studies, but lacked consistency in terms of operational definitions of ER and measures of reliability and validity. Findings suggest that further research is needed to determine how to best define and assess ER in children with ASD, which will also have important clinical implications in terms of effective treatment of emotional difficulties in this population.
 
148. The Effects of Free and Restricted Access to Stereotypy on Subsequent Teaching Sessions of a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MEGAN E VOSTERS (UW-Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Marshall L. Dermer (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tamara S. Kasper (The Center for Autism Treatment)
Abstract:

Engaging in motor or vocal stereotypy often prohibits learning among children with autism. Recent literature suggests that allowing free access to stereotypy immediately prior to instructional periods may result in temporary satiation of sensory reinforcers associated with stereotypy. This results in greater engagement in teaching sessions relative to sessions preceded by periods in which stereotypy is restricted. This study replicated those procedures by comparing a childs responsiveness to a play intervention preceded by periods in which stereotypy was either permitted or restricted. Results indicate that allowing access to stereotypy may increase sensitivity to instructional programming.

 
149. Parent-Implemented Behavioral Interventions for Stereotypy: Some Long-Term Effects
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Marc J. Lanovaz (
Université de Montréal
), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), MALENA ARGUMEDES (
Université de Montréal
), Isabella Maciw (
Université de Montréal
), Catherine Dorion (
Université de Montréal
), �milie Pr�gent-Pelletier (
Université de Montréal
)
Abstract: Prior research on using behavioral interventions to reduce engagement in stereotypy in children with autism and other developmental disabilities is limited insofar as researchers generally used personnel with formal training in education, psychology, or behavior analysis (e.g., clinical staff, paraprofessionals, research assistants) to assess their effects. Thus, the purpose of our study was to replicate and extend previous research on using multi-component behavioral interventions designed to reduce engagement in stereotypy by examining their long-term effects when implemented by parents. We alternated probe sessions within a single-case experimental design and measured the effects of parent-implemented behavioral interventions for stereotypy in 4 children with autism and other developmental disabilities. The parent-implemented interventions reduced at least one form of stereotypy in all 4 participants and increased engagement in an appropriate behavior in 3 participants. These effects persisted up to 24 weeks following the parent training sessions. Altogether, the results support (a) the involvement of parents as behavior change agents to reduce engagement in stereotypy and (b) the scheduling of regular, but infrequent (i.e., weekly to monthly), follow-up meetings to monitor the effects of behavioral interventions in outpatient and home-based service delivery models.
 
150. Evaluation of Matched Stimulation in the Treatment of Self-Injury: Matching by Type and Location
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JILLIAN E. MCCANCE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Caitlin Shea Peplinski (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee  ), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract: Providing access to matched forms of stimulation can effectively reduce automatically maintained SIB. However, access to stimulation is likely insufficient to reduce SIB unless that stimulation is consumed in a similar manner to SIB (e.g., providing a vibrating massager to compete with head hitting is likely to be effective only if the individual applies that massager to the same location on their head as SIB is typically directed). The current study evaluated the importance of matched "location" of stimulation with an 11-year-old girl with autism who was referred for self-injurious body hitting. We compared rates of body hits during conditions in which location-matched stimulation was provided (i.e., continuous physical contact to her elbow) relative to conditions in which location-not-matched stimulation was provided (i.e., continuous physical contact with her head) and no stimulation. The location-matched stimulation resulted in the complete elimination of body hits whereas the non-matched stimulation was identical to no-stimulation. We then evaluated the effects of location-matched stimulation under extended noncontingent reinforcement conditions then taught the participant to vocally request the relevant stimulation.
 
151. Assessment and Treatment of Chronic Rumination Emitted by a Young Boy With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JULYSE MIGAN-GANDONOU (Florida International University), Yanerys Leon (Florida International University), Janice Coronel (Florida International University), Melissa Almario (Florida International University), Genevieve Macia (Florida International University)
Abstract: Rumination is reported to occur in 6-10% of individuals with developmental disabilities. Previous research has demonstrated the effectiveness of contingent oral hygiene on rumination of individuals living in an institutional setting (Foxx et al., 1979). This study extends previous research by a) incorporating a stimulus-avoidance assessment, b) fading the intrusiveness and decreasing the duration of the intervention, and c) evaluating transfer of treatment across settings and caregivers. The participant was a 9-year-old boy with autism. We conducted a functional analysis screening (Querim et al., 2013); results of which indicated rumination was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Next we conducted a stimulus avoidance assessment (Fisher et al, 1994) to identify a hierarchy of potential punishers. Tooth-brushing with toothpaste produced the highest avoidance-index. During treatment, rumination resulted in contingent tooth-brushing for 30 s and resulted in a 98% decrease relative to baseline. Following this phase, we evaluated the effect of the item that produced the lowest avoidance-index (Listerine spray) and rumination remained at near zero levels. Finally, rumination remained at near-zero levels during transfer of treatment across two settings and four caregivers. Results are consistent with previous research in demonstrating the effectiveness of contingent oral hygiene for the treatment of chronic rumination.
 
152. An Evaluation of Sensory Breaks With and Without Differential Reinforcement to Reduce Stereotypy in an Applied Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KAITLIN BALKA (The Ivymount School), Sara L. Kuperstein (The Ivymount School)
Abstract: Sensory Integration Therapy is one of the most common interventions delivered to children with autism spectrum disorders; however, there are few studies that employ methodological rigor that support the effectiveness of Sensory Integration Therapy. The purpose of the current study was to experimentally evaluate the effectiveness of Sensory Integration Therapy (sensory breaks) with and without differential reinforcement to reduce stereotypy maintained by automatic reinforcement for an 8 year-old boy with autism. The setting was a self-contained classroom for students with multiple learning needs. After conducting an evaluation, the occupational therapist recommended several options for sensory breaks that were hypothesized to match the stimulation the student was seeking by engaging in stereotypy. A reversal design was employed to evaluate rates of stereotypy with no intervention in place, with scheduled sensory breaks, with differential reinforcement of other behavior, or with sensory breaks plus differential reinforcement of other behavior. Rates of stereotypy with sensory breaks revealed rates of stereotypy that were similar to no intervention. Data revealed that differential reinforcement of other behavior alone was effective in reducing stereotypy to low, stable rates. This study provides empirical research regarding the efficacy of sensory breaks in a classroom setting.
 
153. Identifying and Assessing Treatment Stimuli for the Treatment of Stereotypy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANALISE A. HERRERA-MINTEER (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Stephanie Sheridan (Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc.), Michelle L. Anderson (Florida Institute of Technology), Sarah Hardison (Advanced Behavioral Concepts)
Abstract: This study extended the research on the selection of treatment stimuli for the treatment of stereotypy. The participants in this study were 3 children with autism. Experiment 1 extended the research on the functional assessment of stereotypy and methods for selecting suitable treatment stimuli. We demonstrated the persistence of the target behavior in the absence of social reinforcement and the impact of the availability of toy stimuli on levels of stereotypy using reversal methodology. Access to toy stimuli reduced stereotypy slightly but the availability of toy stimuli was not sufficient to reduce stereotypy to socially acceptable levels. Experiment 2 evaluated the immediate and subsequent effects of environmental enrichment (EE) and EE plus response cost (EE+RC) procedures on stereotypy using a two-component multi-element design. Environmental enrichment alone was effective for one participant and EE+RC was also effective for the same participant with different materials. During the second component of the EE+RC sequence, engagement in stereotypy was higher than in the control sequence for two participants. The results of this study demonstrated the importance of selecting treatment stimuli based on both preference and impact on stereotypy, as well as the utility and limitations of EE and EE+RC as treatments for stereotypy.
 
154. Function-Based Behavior Intervention for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders in Japan:A Pilot Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
KOHEI TOGASHI (Individual), Sakurako Sherry Tanaka (Mutlicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts)
Abstract: Function-based behavior intervention for children with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) are demonstrated to be effective for reducing problem behavior and for increasing desirable behavior. The purpose of the study was two-fold: 1) to review the published studies on functional behavior assessment (FBA) and experimental functional analysis (EFA), and 2) to conduct a pilot survey on practitioners who work with children with ASDs about their use of EFA in Japan. Single case studies throughout 2013 from four Japanese academic journals were included in the literature review. 45 professionals participated in the pilot survey. The results of the literature review indicated that although there is increasing number of single case studies that adopt FBA, only few studies utilize EFA. The pilot survey indicated 13.3% of the practitioners reported that they have experience conducting EFA. The participants in the pilot survey were not selected in a manner that ensures random selection or representative of the Japanese professionals who work with children with ASDs. Hence, the use of EFA in applied field remain in an exploratory stage of investigation.
 
155. Using Differential Reinforcement to Replace Problem Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALICE M. WALKUP (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Children with autism often receive intervention in which there is a ratio of one instructor per learner. When it is time for services to be reduced, dependency on this individualized attention and prompting to remain engaged often becomes apparent. It is suggested that learners gradually increase their ability to wait for assistance and learn to rely on other cues to remain engaged in independent activities and tasks. This study involves a seven year old student with autism who did not consistently display an ability to independently engage in tasks or semi-structured activities. When faced with a task component he found challenging, and adult assistance was not immediately available, he would engage in problem behavior. Appropriate replacement behaviors were identified and data was collected on the interreponse time of the occurrence of problem behavior. Data analysis indicates that the differential reinforcement (DRO) procedure was successful in increasing the duration of time the student was able to remain actively engaged in independent tasks.
 
156. Differential Reinforcement of Other Behaviour for the Reduction of Severe Nail Biting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LOUISE HEFFERNAN (Irish Centre of Behavioural Support and Research), Danielle Lyons (Irish Centre of Behavioural Support and Research)
Abstract: The effects of a differential reinforcement procedure were investigated for the treatment of severe self-injurious nail biting in an individual diagnosed with autism. A Functional Behaviour Assessment identified that the behaviour was maintained by automatic reinforcement. A comprehensive preference assessment was also conducted in order to identify possible sensory reinforcers that would provide the individual with similar, competing sensory stimulation as the nail biting. The results indicate that the nail biting was successfully reduced, and maintained near zero levels following the implementation of a rule following procedure for having calm hands (DRO) and access to preferred competing sensory stimuli. The sensory stimuli were presented in the form of choice between different containers filled with sensory materials that the individual could access for a pre-determined amount of time. Further research on the application of differential reinforcement procedures and sensory reinforcement for self-injurious nail biting maintained by automatic reinforcement is warranted in order to further evaluate this studies effectiveness.
 
157. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Non-Contextual and Idiosyncratic Speech for a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY MACKALL (Virginia Institute of Autism), Emily Huber Callahan (Virginia Institute of Autism), Erin Bland (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often display inappropriate social behaviors including repetitive, non-contextual, or idiosyncratic speech. These behaviors can be disruptive, and can have a negative impact on an individuals ability to integrate in social and community settings (Koegel, Koegel & Frea, 1992). If the variables maintaining inappropriate social behaviors (e.g., non-contextual speech) can be identified, this information could help in the development of interventions to improve social outcomes. Previous research has demonstrated that functional analysis methodology has been successful in determining the maintaining variables of such speech patterns. (Rehfeldt & Chambers, 2003). This poster describes an analog functional analysis and subsequent intervention to address non-contextual and idiosyncratic speech for a nine-year-old boy with ASD. During the functional analysis, five conditions were alternated in a multielement design, after conducting an initial probe to determine relevant conditions. Treatment includes DRA + Extinction, and subsequently, the addition of differential reinforcement of low rates of behavior.

 
158. A Comparison of Staff Training Procedures Using Teacher Performance and Rate Accuracy (TPRA) and TPRA Paired With Video
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Matthew C. Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates), GRETCHEN S. GRUNDON (Verbal Behavior Associates)
Abstract: Repetitive, stereotypic behaviors often interfere with or replace appropriate toy play for children with autism spectrum disorders. In order to reduce and limit stereotypic behavior and increase appropriate play, toy conditioning procedures have been effective. It is imperative that staff working with children using toy conditioning procedures understand and have the ability to implement the strategy with fidelity. This study tested the effectiveness of two training and coaching models for teaching interventionist level staff to implement toy conditioning procedures. Six behavior interventionists delivering instruction to learners with autism in their homes were participants for this study. All participants were observed implementing toy conditioning procedures with a preschool aged child with autism while a supervisor recorded data using the TPRA (Teacher Performance and Rate Accuracy) on the childs appropriate play and the participants correct implementation of reinforcement or correction procedures during 20 5-second intervals, using whole interval recording. Three of the participants were given feedback using data from the TPRA as a guide for coaching. Three additional participants were given feedback with TPRA and also observed themselves implementing the procedure on video. The study compared the effectiveness of feedback with the TPRA alone and feedback with TPRA paired with video coaching.
 
159. The Effects of a Peer-mediated Intervention on Social Competence of Children with ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JOSE MARTINEZ (University of Florida), Maureen Conroy (University of Florida), Brittany Werch (University of Florida), Kaycee Reese (University of Florida), Kathryn Marsh (University of Florida)
Abstract: Social competence is a critical developmental feature essential for succeeding in life as it allows one to effectively carry out interpersonal goals. As children interact with others, social competence skills begin to develop early and continue to evolve throughout their lives. Although many individuals develop social skills without explicit instruction, for individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) the acquisition of social skills can be quite challenging. Without learning the skills needed to successfully interact with others in their environment, children with ASD are at a distinct disadvantage in accessing critical learning opportunities required for success later in their lives. This poster will present findings from an assessment-based peer-mediated intervention designed to increase social competence skills in children with ASD in school settings. The overall aim of the intervention is to increase the ability of children with ASD to engage in reciprocal social interactions with their peers in school-based environments. In order to achieve that goal, four children with autism were paired with a socially competent peer in order to form four dyads. Peers were taught to use evocative socials skills (e.g., comment) that effectively engage in reciprocal social interactions with the children with ASD. Data are currently being collected and findings will be presented and discussed in terms of implications for peer-mediated school-based interventions.
 
160. The Effects of a Self-Management System, I-Connect, on Escape-Motivated Behavior of a Secondary Student With Autism in a High School Classroom
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LACHELLE CLEMONS (Missouri State University), Linda G. Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University), Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Ben A Mason (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: Many studies have indicated that self-management is an effective strategy for teaching individuals with autism to manage their own behaviors (Strain, et al., 2011; Todd & Reid, 2006; Wehmeyer, Yeager, Bolding, Agran, & Hughes, 2003). Furthermore, self-management strategies have been shown to increase student engagement when applied in both clinical and natural settings (Southall & Gast, 2011; Strain, Wilson, & Dunlap, 2011). An ABAB withdrawal design was employed with a secondary student diagnosed with autism in a public school to assess the effects of a self-monitoring package, I-Connect, during academic sessions. The results of the intervention on the students on-task behavior were: baseline data of the percentage of intervals on-task behavior ranged from 55-71% across all sessions, with a mean percentage of intervals off-task at 63%. When the intervention was implemented, on-task behavior increased to 97-99% of intervals recorded with a mean of 98.2%. During the return to baseline phase, on-task behavior decreased to 63-75% with a mean of 71.6%. Intervention was reintroduced to determine if there was a functional relationship between the increase in on-task behavior and the independent variables. During the second phase of intervention, on-task behavior increased to 93-100%, with a mean of 98%.
 
161. The Effects of a Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing Procedure on the Acquisition of Conditioned Reinforcement for Observing Book Stimuli in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Matthew C. Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates), MATTHEW CARBONE (Verbal Behavior Associates), Gretchen S. Grundon (Verbal Behavior Associates)
Abstract: We tested the effects of a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure on the acquisition of conditioned reinforcement for observing book stimuli. We used a multiple baseline design across three children with autism. The study was conducted in self-contained special day classrooms located in a school district within a major metropolitan area. Pre-intervention probes revealed that none of the participants observed books during a five-minute free play session. Next, a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure was implemented to condition observing books stimuli as a reinforcer. Following mastery of the stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure, all three participants acquired conditioned reinforcement for observing book stimuli. The results of this study support prior research that children can acquire conditioned reinforcement for books using a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure (Nuzzolo-Gomez, R., Leonard, M.A., Ortiz, E., Rivera-Valdes, C.L., & Greer, R.D., 2002; Tsai, H., & Greer, R.D., 2006).
 
162. Teaching Games to Young Children With Autism Using Video Modeling and Restricted Interests
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SUNHWA JUNG (Otterbein University), Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Teaching play skills can enhance appropriate play skills and positive social interactions with peers, and decrease inappropriate behavior of children with ASD. This study was conducted to investigate the effectiveness of a video modeling intervention with the use of special interests on increasing the engagement with games and with peers for three young children with autism. A multiple-probe design across three subjects was employed. The children's restricted interests were embedded into a video modeling intervention and games. The results indicated that all three children with autism demonstrated increased engagement with the games and social engagement with their peers. In addition, the inappropriate behavior of these children dramatically decreased with the intervention as a collateral effect. The effects were maintained during follow-up and generalized to a novel game. IOA data were collected for average 40.3 % of the sessions throughout all conditions and the mean agreements were 96 %. Social validity data indicated that the study was meaningful and the intervention was feasible and effective. This study supports the use of the special interests of children with autism and that strength-based interventions may be an effective means for teaching play skills and facilitating spontaneous and interactive play.
 
163. An Analysis of the Effects of Antecedent Exercise on Maladaptive Behaviors
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DIANE MELICK (The Aurora School), Laura Cwynar (The Aurora School)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that exercise used as an antecedent condition is associated with a reduction of maladaptive behaviors, such as aggression and stereotypical behavior, of individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Maladaptive behaviors can interfere with learning and lead to more restrictive educational and residential placements. This study used a parametric research design to examine the effect of exercise on the behavior of three students ages 14, 17, and 19 years old, having a diagnosis of ASD. Students walked on a treadmill while wearing a heart rate monitor to track their level of exertion. Results will be analyzed to determine the effect of different durations of exercise, as well as the effect of varying the level of intensity of exercise. If a reduction in maladaptive behavior is observed, the duration of the effect will be reported. Implications for the use of antecedent exercise in schools and community-based programs will be discussed.
 
164. Comparing the Effectiveness of Social Stories and Video Modelling on Social Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CEYDA TURHAN (Uludag University), Sezgin Vuran (Anadolu University Egitim Fakultesi)
Abstract: The aim of this study is to compare the effectiveness of social stories and video modelling while teaching social skills to three children with autism spectrum disorders. The skills of playing independently were targeted to be increased in this study. Participants were 6 years old in this study. An alternating treatment desing was used to compare social stories and video modelling. Further more, social validities of the study was investigated by asking opinions of the children's mothers.The results of the study showed that video modelling is a more effective model while teaching social stories.
 
165. The Effects of Ipad Based Video Modelling for Teaching Self-Care Skills to a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Esin Pektas (Anadolu University), ELIF TEKIN-IFTAR (Anadolu University)
Abstract: Visual support and tools have been used effectively for teaching various skills and regulating daily lives of children with autism spectrum disorders. Videomodelling as a one of the visual support strategies has been used commonly in teaching children with autism spectrum disorders. Literature also has shown the effective use of ipad (Kagohara et al., 2013). Technologies for teaching children with autism spectrum disorders. The purpose of this study is to investigate the effects of iPad based videomodelling in teaching three self-care skills to children with autism spectrum disorders. A four-year-old boy with autism spectrum disorders is the participant of the study. The study was designed with a multiple probe design across behaviors. Baseline, intervention, maintenance, and generalization sessions were conducted in the study. In addition to that, the social validity of the study was investigated by conducting interview with the mother s of the participant. The study is still in progress and the findings will be shared with the audience during presentation.
 
166. Utilizing a Curriculum-Based Measurement (CBM) Model of Assessment and Progress-Monitoring for Supplemental Class-Wide Academic Interventions in an Autism Support Program.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SANDRA F. KOKOLIS (ABC Consultants at Rowan University), Philip L. Concors (ABC Consultants at Rowan University)
Abstract: Behavior Analyst Consultants administered survey-level Curriculum-Based Assessments (CBA) to determine baseline fluency measures across multiple academic skills including Early Literacy, Oral Reading, Reading Comprehension, Mathematics Computation, Spelling, and Written Expression, and to inform focused supplemental academic support programming. Curriculum-Based Measurement (CBM) data collected to evaluate the selected evidence-based interventions suggested notable improvement for all students in most targeted curricular domains. Treatment Acceptability measures suggested high levels of satisfaction by educators and parents.
 
167. A Peer Mediated Social Interaction Intervention For Toddlers With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ROBYN MATSUMOTO (Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc.)
Abstract: For children with autism, acquiring the skill set and knowledge necessary for interacting positively and successfully with peers is a challenge. Previous research has shown that peer mediated approaches have been one of the most effective types of social intervention for school age children with autism. The present study examined the effectiveness of a peer mediated play intervention for increasing socialization skills in 3 toddlers, under the age of three, diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). There were three male participants diagnosed with autism and each were paired with a typical peer model, either of the same age or slightly older. By creating an intervention that teaches children the topography and function of play, the opportunities to interact with their peers may increase and lead to more positive peer interactions and promote more opportunities of appropriate play for the future. The data indicate that toddlers with autism can increase their joint attention, social behavior and vocalizations when paired with typical peer models who have been coached as play partners.
 
168. A Comparison of Different Error-Correction Procedures on Skill Acquisition During Discrete Trial Instruction
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University), BRAD JOACHIM (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Nicole Robinson (West Virginia University)
Abstract: A variety of error-correction procedures exist for educators to implement during discrete trial instruction (DTI) with children with autism. Research examining the relative effectiveness of different error-correction procedures, however, is sparse. In the current study we compared the effects of four commonly used error-correction procedures on skill acquisition for two children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder and two children who engaged in chronic and severe problem behavior. The results showed that for each participant multiple error-correction procedures were effective; however, for each participant one or two specific error-correction procedures led to more efficient skill acquisition. In general, participants acquired the target skills in the fewest number of teaching sessions during an error-correction procedure that consisted of re-presenting a trial following an error until the participant engaged in a correct independent response. Overall, the findings of the current study suggest that it is important to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of different error-correction procedures for an individual learner during DTI.
 
169. How Can Video Modeling be Used to Increase Independence and Decrease Prompt Dependency in Students With Autism?
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JILL SCIONTI (Eden II The Genesis School)
Abstract: Video modeling is an effective and evidence based instructional strategy that positively supports the improvement of independence, generalization and maintenance of skills and reduction of prompt dependency. Created in the image of Albert Banduras observational learning techniques, observers imitate the positively reinforced behaviors of the models in recorded videos, even when a reinforcer is not present. Target behaviors and skills in areas of academics, daily living, social, communication and many others can be addressed and improved through observational learning in video modeling. Various video modeling strategies such as peer, adult and self-models as well as point of view and mixed models can be implemented to support individual learning preferences. Utilizing various sources of technology as well as a single stimulus will reduce distractions and support the advancement of positive behaviors and skills. Video models can be used for skill acquisition, antecedent based strategies, self-regulating and as interactive schedules tools. Observational learning and imitating appropriate behaviors and skills through video modeling is a highly effective instructional technique that supports student learning, independence, generalization and overall success.
 
170. Video Self-Modeling as an Intervention to Increase the Social Skills of a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN SANTALY (Hofstra University), Mary Ellen McDonald (Hofstra University)
Abstract: There is a growing body of research depicting the effectiveness of Video Self-Modeling (VSM) as an intervention in improving various areas of functioning for children with autism spectrum disorders, particularly in the area of social and communication skills. The purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness of VSM in improving the social skills of a child with autism spectrum disorder and to expand upon previous research on VSM by measuring successful social interactions with peers and adults. This study found that VSM was successful in significantly improving the social skills of a student with autism.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #292
EAB Sun PM
Sunday, May 25, 2014
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
1. Responding Under Escalating and Constant Unit Prices: Manipulation of Reinforcement Duration
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JAMES ALLEN CHASTAIN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher E. Bullock (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: We examined completion of two-digit, computer-based arithmetic problems by undergraduate college students under two conditions. In the Escalating Unit Price condition, fixed-ratio (FR) response requirements to produce the reinforcer, video clips, were systematically increased across blocks of trials while reinforcer duration remained unchanged. In the Constant Unit Price condition, FR response requirements were systematically increased with equivalent increases in duration of video access. Data were recorded on terminal FR schedule values completed prior to participants choosing to terminate a session, total (correct and incorrect) number of problems completed in a session, latency to first response per trial and average rate of problem completion. Results showed that 9 of 12 participants generally completed higher FR values (and consequently more total problems) during Constant Unit Price conditions than during Escalating Unit Price conditions. No within-participant differences in average latency to first response or average response rates were observed across conditions. These data demonstrate the importance of unit price and magnitude of reinforcement values when measuring total responding; and show that measures based on amount of responding, such as progressive ratio schedules, may show sensitivity to differences that more conventional measures such as response rate and latency to respond do not.
 
2. The Behavioral Economics of Effort: The Unspecified Role of the Sub-Criterion Response
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CHRISTINA M. NORD (University of North Texas), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Although response effort is considered a dimension of the cost to obtain reinforcement, little research has examined the economic impact of effort on demand for food. The goal of the present study was to explore the relationship between effort and demand. Three Sprague Dawley rats were trained to press a force transducer under a series of fixed-ratio schedules (1, 10, 18, 32, 56, 100, 180, 320, and 560) under different force requirements (5.6 g, 18 g, and 56 g). Thus, we maintained a constant nominal unit price (responses / food) but varied the minimal response force. Using a force transducer allowed us to measure responses failing to meet the minimal force requirement (i.e. sub-criterion responses), an advantage over prior approaches using weighted levers to manipulate effort. Results showed that demand assessments were reliable at each force requirement. Consistent with prior research, increasing the unit price decreased food consumption, and raising minimum force requirements further reduced demand for food. Additionally, increasing the force requirement increased the number of sub-criterion responses. The increase in sub-criterion responses raises the question of whether previous reports of force-related decreases in food demand result from the force manipulation or from incidental changes in the sub-criterion class.
 
3. The Near-Miss Effect in Blackjack: Group Play and Lone Play
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KARL GUNNARSSON (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Seth W. Whiting (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Previous research in blackjack demonstrated that gamblers report outcomes are closer to wins when the player's total more closely approximates the dealer's total. However, additional comparisons, such as to another player's total or to 21, may affect the prevalence of a near-miss. The current study investigated the presence of a near-miss in blackjack while playing alone and with other players, and examined ratings in relation to the difference of the player's total from 21, the dealer's total, and another player's total. College students played 25 hands of blackjack with the only the dealer and another 25 hands with another player and the dealer and rated how close the outcome was to a win. The results demonstrated the presence of a near miss effect as a function of the numerical distance from the player's total to 21, and the absence of a near miss when the player busts.
 
4. A Functional Exploration of the Near-Miss Effect in Slot-Machine Gambling
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JORDAN BELISLE (Southern Illinois University), Rachel Enoch (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The near-miss effect is an event whereby losses that appear close to wins, such as two of the same symbol on a three-reel slot machine, have reinforcing consequences that are similar to wins. The present study provides a functional, rather than a structural, account of the near-miss effect at the behavioral level of analysis. The first experiment demonstrated that the symbols associated with near-misses are conditioned as reinforcers during wins and generalize to near-misses. The second experiment demonstrated that symbols that are never reinforced during play may also obtain reinforcing value. The implications, limitations, and directions for future research are discussed.
 
5. Structural Characteristics AND Slot Outcomes Impact Subject Evaluations of Slot Machine Likability
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
AMY K. LOUKUS (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The current study examined the impact of variables thought to influence gamer choice of slot machine, including structural characteristics (e.g., theme, color scheme, interactivity, number of reels) and displayed outcomes. Fifty-six undergraduate students completed an online survey for course credit in which they rated the likability of 40 slot machines (20 3-reel, 20 5-reel) according to a 5-point Likert scale, and anecdotally identified highly preferred features of their top three favorite machines for each set. Following, a paired-stimulus preference assessment of 10 machines (five 3-reel, five 5-reel machines) allowed for the systematic evaluation of feature preferences across all participants. The group was later presented with the same task but all payouts/machine outcomes were removed. Results suggest that although the structural features more commonly believed to influence machine choice may hold some influence on gamer preference, participants opted to play the machines with winning display patterns more frequently when outcomes were presented and other structural features remained the same. Implications of these results for future research and in the treatment of problem gambling will be discussed.
 
6. The Role of Conditioned Reinforcement in The Near Miss
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ROBERT M. SCHIENLE (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: The near miss effect in slot machine gambling is generally understood as two out of three winning reel symbols align horizontally at the payline, with the third winning symbol appearing just above or below the payline. Previous slot machine research has shown that the presentation of a near miss increases the duration spent gambling (Côté, Caron, Aubery, Desrochers, & Ladouceur, 2003; Ghezzi, Wilson, & Porter, 2006). The current study aims to extend what is known about the reinforcing properties of the near miss by using an observing response procedure, whereby the participant must make a response to reveal the outcome of a reel spin. University students were recruited via online software and asked to play a simulated slot machine for 125 trials. Results indicate that participants were more likely to make an observing response on near miss reel spins than on winning or full miss reel spins. Therefore, results of this study suggest the presentation of a near miss does, in fact, function as a conditioned reinforcer in slot machine gambling.
 
7. Persistence of Positive Reinforced Lever Pressing Following Variable vs Fixed Negative Reinforced Water Maze Escape-Training
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
STEPHEN RAY FLORA (Youngstown State University), Sarah Biviano (Youngstown State Universiy)
Abstract: The basis of Eisenbergers Learned Industriousness theory is that reinforcement of high effort for one behavior will result in the generalized persistence of other behaviors (e.g., Eisenberger, Terborg, & Carlson, 1979; Eisenberger, 1990). However, no study has investigated whether negatively reinforced high effort behaviors (e.g., high effort escape) will result in increased generalized persistence for positively reinforced behaviors. In the present study two groups of rats had to escape from a radial arm water maze. The variable escape group, because the submerged platform was placed on a different arm on each trial, had to exert high effort to escape each trial relative to the rats in the continuous escape group that simply had to swim to the same location on every trial. Agreeing with, and extending learned industriousness theory, the rats in the variable escape were more persistent during the bar pressing (shaped and maintained by positive reinforcement food pellets) extinction phase at the end of the study than the continuous escape group. However, inexplicably, a control group receiving no water maze training was the most persistent group and pressed at the highest rates both for reinforcement and during extinction
 
8. Probability Affects Choices Involving Negative Reinforcers: Experiment 1 – Delay
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JENNIFER A. BONOW (Blueprints), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Examining the variables affecting human choice behavior is particularly important as people regularly engage in risky, harmful, and even life-threatening behaviors such as smoking, gambling, and drinking excessively. The current study was the first in a series investigating the role of the probability of reinforcement in a self-control paradigm utilizing negative reinforcement. This variable is often included in discounting research, but not frequently examined in basic self-control experiments. This experiment examined the effects of varying the delay to, and probability of, reinforcement while holding the magnitude constant. 27 undergraduate students were exposed to a loud white noise while watching a DVD movie. Selecting one of two buttons on the screen resulted in either an immediate or delayed removal of the noise. A parametric examination of different probabilities of reinforcement demonstrated a shift in selecting behavior across participants. The mean percentage of selections of the immediate alternative was 87% of trials when the probability of reinforcement was 1.0 and decreased across reduced probabilities to 36.9% of trials when the probability of reinforcement was .25. Data indicate that probability and delay interact in a self-control paradigm suggesting that the influence of this factor on human choice behavior should be examined more thoroughly.
 
9. Probability Affects Choices Involving Negative Reinforcers: Experiment 2 – Magnitude
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Jennifer A. Bonow (Blueprints), LAUREN JONES (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Examining the variables affecting human choice behavior is particularly important as people regularly engage in risky, harmful, and even life-threatening behaviors such as smoking, gambling, and drinking excessively. The current study was the second in a series investigating the role of the probability of reinforcement in a self-control paradigm, a variable that is often included in discounting research, but neglected in basic self-control experiments. This experiment examined the effects of varying the magnitude and probability of reinforcement while holding the delay to reinforcement constant. 22 undergraduate students were exposed to a loud white noise while watching a DVD movie. Selecting one of two buttons on the screen resulted in either an immediate short- or immediate long-duration removal of the noise. A parametric examination of different probabilities of reinforcement demonstrated a shift in selecting behavior across participants. The mean percentage of selections of the long-duration alternative was 87% of trials when the probability of reinforcement was 1.0 and decreased across reduced probabilities to 31.79% of trials when the probability of reinforcement was .25. Data indicate that probability and magnitude interact in a self-control paradigm suggesting that the influence of this factor on human choice behavior should be examined more thoroughly.
 
10. Avoidance Performances of Humans Under Negative Reinforcement With the Reduction of Task Disturbing Events
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DAIKI MISHIMA (Teikyo University), Kaname Mochizuki (Teikyo University)
Abstract: Herrnstein & Hineline (1966) showed the decrease of shock frequency could negatively reinforce rats' lever presses. We tried to replicate their experiments in humans. Participants played a block stacking game in which they could earn points when they stacked up five blocks in three layers on a platform. During the game, the platform was "shaken" according to two values of VT (variable-time) schedules. These shakes crushed all stacked blocks at that time, so it disturbed the participant to get points. When a participant choose a cyan colored block, the VT value changed to large so that the frequency of shakes decrease. The value returned to the smaller one when the next programed shake occurred in the larger value. The task disturbing shakes corresponded to the electric shock and the choice of safety block corresponded to a lever press in rats' experiment. The experiment consisted of three 10 minutes avoidable sessions and unavoidable sessions which appeared alternatively. Five of 12 university students showed increase of avoidance responses in the last avoidable session and two of them were statistically significant. This experiment showed that the decrease of the density of task disturbances could be a reinforcer for human behavior.
 
11. Demand Assessment for Quantifying the Value of Negative Reinforcers Using a Progressive Ratio Schedule With a Fixed Positive Reinforcer
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MEGAN KLIEBERT (Marcus Autism Center), Andrea R. Reavis (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Several studies have used progressive ratio (PR) schedules to evaluate the efficacy of positive reinforcers (e.g., DeLeon, Frank, Gregory, & Allman, 2009; Penrod, Wallace, & Dyer, 2008, Roane, Lerman, & Vorndran, 2001). Yet there are no direct assessment procedures for quantifying the value of negative reinforcers. The current study sought to determine whether breakpoints when responding on PR schedules for various tasks can be used to quantify the value of those tasks. The study includes one participant. Following a demand latency assessment conducted to identify a hierarchy of demands in terms of aversiveness by examining the latency to problem behavior following the presentation of demands, high and low aversive demands were selected for inclusion in a PR demand assessment during which the participant worked to access a highly-preferred edible item on increasing schedules of reinforcement. Higher breakpoints were observed for the low aversive task and lower breakpoints were observed for the high aversive task. Results indicate this method of quantifying reinforcer value may be ideally suited for the purpose of determining the value of escape/avoidance of various negative reinforcers; therefore, could serve as a means of assisting in developing effective treatments for problem behavior maintained by escape/avoidance. Keywords: demand, escape-maintained problem behavior, negative reinforcer
 
12. Effects of Early Big Wins and Probabilistic Wins on Progressive-Ratio Breakpoints in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CAROLINE WILLIAMS (College of Charleston), Christine Logan Chambers (College of Charleston), Carolyn Kitts (College of Charleston), Chad M. Galuska (College of Charleston)
Abstract: The big-win hypothesis states that gambling will persist longer if a big-win is experienced early in playing. The behavioral hypothesis states that gambling will persist longer is wins are experienced intermittently. The purpose of this series of experiments was to examine the effects of big-win and probabilistic wins on progressive-ratio (PR) breakpoints in rats. Five female Long Evans rats responded on a lever under a PR 5 schedule for a 4-s delivery of a 50% sweetened condensed milk solution. Sessions ended when rats went 5 min without a response or 10 min without earning a reinforcer. Superimposed on this schedule, one condition arranged a big win condition in which a large number (e.g., 12) of dipper presentations were delivered after the second completed ratio. This resulted in a decrease in breakpoints, which subsequent research suggested was not due to satiation. Subsequently, an random-ratio (RR) 10 schedule was superimposed on the PR schedule; this resulted in a significant increase in breakpoints for all of the rats. Parametric manipulations of both the size of the big win and the RR parameter are underway. Overall, the results fail to support the big-win hypothesis and provide support for the behavioral hypothesis.
 
13. Resurgence in a Peak-Interval Procedure
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MIRARI ELCORO (Armstrong Atlantic State University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University), April H. Graves (Armstrong Atlantic State University), Michael J. Choromanski (Armstrong Atlantic State University), Kimberly R. Wise (Armstrong Atlantic State University)
Abstract: Resurgence is the recurrence of previously reinforced behavior during extinction of another, more recently reinforced behavior. Resurgence provides a framework for deciphering the origin of operant responses, study effects of historical variables, and also understanding various socially relevant behaviors such as creativity and clinical relapse. In the present study, four experimentally nave Long Evans rats were trained using a concurrent variable-interval (VI) 30-s, fixed-interval (FI) 30-s schedule, each programmed on a different lever. After responding stabilized, responding under the VI 30-s schedule was extinguished for 15 sessions. A peak-interval procedure (PIP) then was employed to examine resurgence of the previously VI responding. The PIP consisted of FI 30-s trials (30% of trials) alternating randomly with 300-s peak trials (70% of trials), each separated by 20-s blackouts. Overall response rates revealed resurgence of VI responding during the peak trials. Additional analyses include proportions of lever presses during the resurgence test relative to responses during extinction and analyses focused on responding during peak trials. These findings are compared with similar studies of resurgence and with findings from the literature on behavioral contrast. The present study extended the use of a procedure typically utilized to examine temporal control to the analysis of resurgence.
 
14. Resurgence of Previously Reinforced Lever Pressing During a DRO Challenge
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JENNIFER L. HUDNALL (The University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas), Michael Sofis (The University of Kansas), Alexandria Darden (The University of Kansas), Shea M. Lemley (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: Resurgence can be defined as the re-emergence of a previously reinforced behavior when a currently reinforced behavior is met with some challenge. Typically, this challenge is to condition of extinction, under which the phenomenon of resurgence has generally been examined. However, a previously reinforced behavior may re-emerge when the current behavior is met with some challenge other than extinction. This experiment examines the phenomenon of resurgence during both extinction and DRO schedules. During phase 1 of this experiment, right lever pressing was maintained on an FR20 schedule of food reinforcement while presses on the left lever were not reinforced. During phase 2, no lever presses on either lever were reinforced. During phase 3, right lever presses were not reinforced, but left lever presses resulted in food delivery. In the final component, phase 4, left lever presses were not reinforced, and right lever presses were maintained on a DRO schedule. Results indicate that, when DRO is a challenge to the maintenance of a current behavior, re-emergence of a previous behavior is both robust and long-lasting. These data add to the emerging literature regarding resurgence under non-extinction conditions.
 
15. Alternative Reinforcement Rates and the Magnitude of Resurgence
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
SHUN FUJIMAKI (Keio University), Takayuki Sakagami (Keio University)
Abstract: Resurgence is a reappearance of previously extinguished target response following the removal of reinforcement for the alternative response. Shahan and Sweeny (2011) proposed the quantitative model of resurgence based on behavioral momentum theory. The purpose of the present study was to test the prediction from this model, that is, the higher-rate of alternative reinforcement produces greater resurgence. We conducted the experiment using pigeons under a two-component multiple schedule across three-phase. In the acquisition phase, both target responses in Rich and Lean component were reinforced on VI 60-s. In the elimination phase, target responses were extinguished in both components, while alternative responses were reinforced on VI 30-s in Rich component and VI 120-s in Lean component. In the resurgence phase, all reinforcement was withheld. Figure 1 shows proportion of baseline response rates in the elimination and resurgence phases. Pigeon D11 showed greater resurgence in Rich component. Inconsistent with the prediction, however, the magnitude of resurgence was greater in Lean component in B21 and was little difference between components in each pigeon. Thus, there was no systematic relationship between alternative reinforcement rates and resurgence.
 
16. Repeated Resurgence Across Sessions
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JAMES E. COOK (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Resurgence is the reoccurrence of a previously extinguished response when an alternative response no longer produces reinforcement. Resurgence is a replicable process, but few studies have examined the results of repeated resurgence tests. Resurgence tests with nonhuman animals may take weeks to prepare, and the resurgence effect is transitory, lasting only 1-2 sessions, making examinations of resurgence across time difficult. Four pigeons underwent repeated resurgence tests across daily sessions. Each session was divided into 3 phases. In Phase 1, responses on the left key (resurgence key) were reinforced on a fixed-interval (FI) 30-s schedule. In Phase 2, responses on the center key (alternative key) were reinforced on a FI 30-s schedule, and responses on the left key were placed on extinction. In Phase 3 (resurgence test), responses on all keys were placed on extinction. The right key (control key) never provided reinforcement. Phases changed when responding occurred exclusively on the key providing reinforcement for 2.5 min. In the resurgence test, responding occurred on the resurgence key, and little to no responding occurred on the control key across sessions. The resurgence effect decreased but occurred repeatedly across 30 consecutive sessions.
 
17. Resistance to Change in Choice and Non-choice Contexts in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CALEY N. DOUD (College of Charleston), Chad M. Galuska (College of Charleston)
Abstract: Research investigating the factors governing resistance to change in the face of disruption has focused largely on the prevailing reinforcement rate prior to disruption. We investigated the role that response freedom has on behavioral persistence. Rats responded under a two-component multiple schedule that alternated throughout the session. In one component, presses on a single lever produced food pellets according to a variable interval (VI) schedule. In the other component, two levers were available and a concurrent VI VI schedule was arranged. In one group of rats, the scheduled reinforcement rate was higher in the single component. For another group, the scheduled reinforcement rates was higher in the concurrent component. In the critical group, the scheduled reinforcement rate was held constant in the two components of the multiple schedule. After a baseline was obtained, responding was disrupted with prefeeding and extinction. Results-to-date indicate that when reinforcement rate varied, responding in the component with the higher reinforcement rate was more resistant to change. When the reinforcement rate was held constant, the component associated with the lower response rate tended to be more resistant to change. Little support was found for the contention that having multiple response options increases response persistence in the face of disruption.
 
18. Behavioral Resistance to Change and Ethanol Effects
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TALITA CUNHA (Universidade de São Paulo - USP), Miriam Garcia-Mijares (Universidade de Sao Paulo)
Abstract: Drugs can cause different effects in organisms, as different performance in a task or stimulus discrimination uncommon. Organism condition before a task is an important factor to behavior, and this design was not investigated under behavioral momentum approach. The goal of the experiment was to investigate the effects of extinction over the behavioral resistance to change of organisms responding under ethanol effects. Four wistar rats self-administered 5g/kg ethanol diluted in agar (ALC) or 15% maltodextrin diluted in agar (MAL), in random days, and were exposed to a multiple schedule VI15VI45. After baseline, six extinction sessions were performed. The data showed negligible differences in response rates between ALC and MAL conditions on baseline or extinction phases. However, resistance was higher for VI15, under both conditions. The results demonstrated that extinction affected the responses controlled by the multiple schedules in accordance to the behavioral momentum theory, and that this effect is maintained after alcohol consumption. As it seems that this is the first experiment to investigate this issue, the effect of other disruptors should be address by other experiments.
 
19. Pauses in Multiple Extinction Fixed-Interval Reinforcement Schedules With Fixed Durations of the Extinction Component: Implications for Timing
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KALLIU CARVALHO COUTO (oslo and akershus university college), Joao Claudio Todorov (Universidade de Brasilia), Lucas Couto de Carvalho (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract: Five rats served in an experiment with multiple extinction fixed-interval schedules of reinforcement. While the fixed-interval schedule was kept constant at 60 s, the fixed extinction period was varied from 10 to 160 s. Pauses during the fixed-interval schedule decreased systematically with increases in the previous extinction period. Pausing was under control of both time to the next primary reinforcement signaled by the discriminative stimulus associated with the fixed-interval schedule and time since the last primary reinforcement, signaled by the duration of the extinction period.
 
20. Human Timing: A Comparison of Tree Procedures
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
IVÁN BÁRCENAS (Universidad de Guadalajara), Gonzalo Fernandez (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carlos Torres (Universidad de Guadalajara), Luis Hernando Silva Castillo (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Abstract: Time perception is essential for survival and adjustment of an organism to its environment. Timing is a process underlying choice behavior and learning. The way in which organisms organize their behavior according to the temporal properties of the environment has been extensively studied; several procedures used in the study of animal learning have been adapted for human research; specifically, differential reinforcement of low rate (DRL), temporal bisection and peak procedure. However, the data obtained in such procedures in humans has not been systematically compared to determine the functional equivalence of the different procedures and reliability. The present study aims to compare the numerical index provided by these procedures where the timing is evaluated (indexes are quantitative descriptions of accuracy and precision level in timing). In order to find out about the functional similarities among these procedures, fifty Mexican students were evaluated in three different tasks (Temporal bisection, pick procedure and DRL). Comparisons of procedures provide knowledge for understanding the human perception of time and information about reliability of the instruments and tasks used to study of timing.
 
21. A Neurocomputational Model of Stimulus Class Formation in Down Syndrome
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ALVARO TORRES CHAVEZ (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Angel Tovar y Romo (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Adriel Ruiz (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico)
Abstract: The neurophisiological profile of individuals with Down syndrome (DS) sets restrictions on stimulus class formation (i.e., learning to categorize stimuli on the basis of functional equivalence). At the neuronal level, learning is an outcome from the balance between long term potentiation (LTP) and long term depression (LTD); animal models of DS have shown an atypical balance between LTP and LTD, this is probably the basis of difficulties reported in DS populations when they learn and derive stimulus relations of the kind observed in stimulus class formation tasks. We developed a neurocomputational model to analyze the influence of LTP/LTD imbalance on class formation. AB and BC stimulus relations where trained in the model, and then we evaluated the emergence of the transitive AC relations. Initially the model was unable to show emergence of the transitive relations, this is similar to difficulties reported on tests performance of individuals with DS. We proved different training protocols and found that difficulties related to the emergence of transitive AC relations could be overcome when the learning of BC relations did not interfere with the learning of AB relations. From these simulations we derive an appropriate training structure and sequence to be used with people with DS.
 
22. A Comparison of Match-to-Sample and Respondent Training of the Blocking Effect in Equivalence Classes
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KRISTOPHER BROWN (Youngstown State University), Michael C. Clayton (Youngstown State University)
Abstract: Basic research has implicated Kamin’s blocking effect in equivalence class formation. Although both match-to-sample and respondent-type training are procedures used to facilitate class formation, only match-to-sample has been studied in research on blocking in class formation. Since respondent-type training may resemble natural learning opportunities more closely, research on the blocking effect in respondent-trained equivalence classes is important for a more coherent explanation of both blocking and class formation. Thus, the purpose of the present study was to compare match-to-sample and respondent-type training for their susceptibility to blocking using undergraduate students as subjects. Initial results indicate that scores on post-tests containing stimuli included in the blocking preparation to be slightly lower than scores on tests containing non-blocked stimuli. Results are discussed in regards to the necessary and sufficient conditions for equivalence class formation and directions for future research.
 
23. Equivalence Class Formation Without Explicit Reinforcement of Conditional Discriminations
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
HANNA STEINUNN STEINGRIMSDOTTIR (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract: Different procedural arrangements have been used to establish the necessary conditional discriminations needed for testing for equivalence formation. We asked the following research questions: Is it possible to establish conditional discriminations without any programmed consequences? If these conditional discriminations are intact before testing, will the participants form equivalence classes? Sixteen college students participated in the present experiment. The training and testing of equivalence class formation were arranged in a paper-and-pencil format. Each trial was organized as a row and the sample stimulus was always in the left-most column, while the three comparisons were in three columns to right. For each trial, pairs of stimuli (e.g., A1 and B1) always appeared together while the other comparisons (e.g., B2 and B3) appearing together with them changed from trial to trial. The participants were asked to highlight the correct comparison in each row. When one comparison was highlighted for all 36 trials, the participants handed in the training sheet and were given a test sheet with 18 trials. The results from the training showed that 15 participants responded correctly according to the experimenter-defined conditional discriminations while none of the participants responded in accordance with stimulus equivalence on the test (see Figure 1).
 
24. The Effects of Experimentally Establishing Meaningful Stimuli on Equivalence-Class Outcomes
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KATERINA THANOPOULOS (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Richard W. Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Ankit Patel (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Nicole Martocchio (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: Understanding the conditions under which stimulus equivalence relations emerge has important theoretical implications for a behavioral definition of symbolic “meaning,” as well as implications for how to better train symbol-referent relations amongst learners with intellectual challenges. Consider the potential stimulus class of non-representational forms, ABCDE. Past research indicates that (1) a high percentage of participants demonstrate equivalence relations if the C stimuli are meaningful (e.g., a set of familiar pictures), and (2) the percentage will be much lower if all the stimuli in the class are non-representational. The present study asked whether experimentally establishing non-representational C stimuli as meaningful in college-student participants would produce results similar to those found when the C stimuli are familiar pictures. Thus, Group 1 received pre-training and testing in which C stimuli became part of a separate equivalence class (i.e., CFG), prior to ABCDE training and equivalence testing. Results were compared against Groups 2 (non-meaningful stimuli) and 3 (picture stimuli). The results to date show that Groups 1 and 3 had relatively higher equivalence success rates than Group 2, indicating that the pre-training for Group 1 established meaning for the C stimuli. Additional data collection is underway to increase group sizes and statistical power.
 
25. Effects of Different Emotional Expressions on the Relatedness of Stimuli in Equivalence Classes
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARIELE CORTEZ (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: Recent studies using a semantic differential (SD) to verify transfer of meaning among equivalent stimuli showed a difference in evaluations for different emotional expressions (lower deviation for stimuli that were equivalent to happy faces than for stimuli that were equivalent to the angry faces). This study used an SD to verify relatedness as a function of different emotional expressions (happiness, sadness, and fearless). Ten college students formed equivalence classes that consisted of arbitrary stimuli (B, C, D, and E) and meaningful stimuli - faces expressing happiness, sadness, and fearless (A). After showing equivalence class formation, participants evaluated D stimuli with an SD. Using the same device, an untrained control group (n=18) evaluated the faces. Preliminary analysis seemed to indicate lower deviation scores for stimuli that were equivalent to the fear and sad faces than for stimuli that were equivalent to the happy faces. In this case, participants seemed to overestimate D stimuli (e.g., D stimuli equivalent to the happy faces were evaluated as more positive than the happy faces evaluated by the control group). Further analysis is needed to confirm the effects of the different emotional expressions used in this study on the relatedness of stimuli in equivalence classes.
 
26. Comparing the Effect of Emotions on False Memories Using the Stimulus Equivalence and DRM Paradigms
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
NATALIA AGGIO (Federal University of Sao Carlos, Brazil), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract:

The Stimulus equivalence and DRM Paradigms were used to investigate the effect of emotions on false memories. On Phase 1, six college students were taught three four-stimuli equivalence classes - Classes 1, 2 and 3 - and three 12-stimuli equivalence classes - Classes 4, 5 and 6, all with one node. The nodes for Classes 1, 2 and 3 were familiar pictures. Three happy, three neutral and three angry faces were randomly used as the node in Class 4, 5 and 6, respectively. The other stimuli in all classes were nonsense words. On Phase 2 participants first saw three lists composed by nine of the 11 nonsense words from Classes 5, 4 and 6. Next, a distracter task were performed for three minutes and than three lists composed by all stimuli from previously list (Targets), the rest of the nonsense words form Classes 5, 4 and 6 (Critical Distractors) and the nonsense stimuli from Classes 1, 2 and 3 (Non-related distracters) were shown. Participants should indicate witch stimuli were presented on the first lists. Data showed more recognition of critical than non-related distracters on the list composed by stimuli from Neutral class, compared to Happy and Angry classes.

 
27. Effects of Stimulus Discriminability on the Emergence of Symmetrical Relations in Adult Humans
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
YUSUKE HAYASHI (Penn State Hazleton), James G. Modico (Penn State Hazleton), Christopher T. Russo (Penn State Hazleton), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The goal of the present study was to investigate effects of discriminability of sample and comparison stimuli on the emergence of symmetrical relations. College students were trained on two types of baseline conditional discrimination tasks involving simple (one Japanese character) and complex (two Japanese characters) stimuli. One task involved simple samples and complex comparisons (simple-complex), whereas the other task involved complex samples and simple comparisons (complex-simple). Test trials, run without programmed consequences, presented the symmetry probe of the baseline relations trained. That is, the simple-complex baseline relations presented on the training trials were presented as the complex-simple symmetry relations on the test trials. Similarly, the complex-simple baseline relations were presented as the simple-complex symmetry relations. The results show that the simple-complex baseline relations were acquired faster than the complex-simple baseline relations. The results also show that, relative the acquisition of the baseline relations, the simple-complex symmetrical relations emerged faster than the complex-simple symmetrical relations. In accord with Saunders and Greens (1999) theoretical analysis that untrained discriminations need to be acquired on the stimulus-equivalence test trials, the present results suggest that stimulus discriminability of sample and comparison stimuli on test trials affects the emergence of symmetrical relations.
 
28. Evaluating the Results of A Functional Analysis of Inappropriate Mealtime Behaviors Using a Trial-by-Trial Analysis
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN M. WORCESTER (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: While previous studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of the use of functional analysis to determine the reinforcers for inappropriate mealtime behavior, the use of a trial-by-trial analysis has not been applied to clarify functions observed throughout functional analyses of inappropriate mealtime behaviors. The current study utilizes the functional analysis procedures detailed by Piazza, Fisher, Brown, Shore, Patel, Katz, Sevin, Gulotta, and Blakely-Smith (2003) in combination with the trial-by-trial analysis to evaluate the occurrences of behavior during the establishing operation and reinforcement intervals. Results showed that the use of the trial-by-trial analysis helped to clarify the functions of behavior during the functional analysis of inappropriate mealtime behavior. A specific behavioral treatment package aimed at addressing the functions identified throughout the functional analysis was then implemented.
 
29. A Function-based Intervention for Decreasing Problem Behavior and Facilitating Conditional Requesting
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MO CHEN (Department of Educational Psychology, University of Minnesota), Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota), Shelley Kreibich (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: The study was aimed to examine the effectiveness of a function-based intervention for decreasing problem behavior and facilitating conditional requesting in a seven-year-old girl with autism using a multiple-probe design across settings. An antecedent-based functional analysis showed that the girls problem behavior was maintained by positive reinforcement in the form of access to preferred items and activities. The tolerance for delayed reinforcement (TFD) procedure was implemented to increase her waiting duration for preferred tangibles with no problem behavior till 5 minutes. Subsequently, a conditional requesting procedure was implemented using menu and communication boards: If she selected a pictorial symbol from her communication board that was also on the menu board, she could have it immediately; If she selected a pictorial symbol from her communication board that was not on the menu board, she had to wait for it with no problem behavior for 5 minutes. Results showed that TFD and conditional requesting procedures effectively reduced the girls problem behavior to a low level, and increased her ability to request items conditionally. Also, intervention outcomes generalized to three other untrained settings and her waiting duration even increased to about 1 hour when probe data were collected during her activity schedules.
 
30. Functional and Equivalence Class Formation via Specific Consequences in Children With Autism
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Eugenia Andrea Lee Santos (Universidade Federal do Para  ), KATARINA KATAOKA DIAS (Universidade Federal do Para  ), Romariz Barros (Universidade Federal do Para  )
Abstract: Some previous studies, reporting equivalence or functional class formation with class-specific consequence procedures, found intersubject variability due to loss of reinforcers efficacy. In the present study, we tested (1) the efficacy of introducing variations of events (within a category) as class-specific consequences and (2) the inclusion of such consequences into the equivalence classes. Two children diagnosed with autism participated. They were given identity matching to sample training (stimulus set A) and simple discrimination reversal training (stimulus set B). A variety of videos of a same theme plus a variety of food within the same category (such as sweet or salty) were used as class specific consequences. Probe trials tested for the emergent arbitrary relations AB and Consequence-A relations. Both participants showed 100 percent accuracy in baseline discriminations after four 20-trial training sessions. In probe sessions, both participants showed strong evidence of equivalence class formation, including respective class specific consequences. This study is being continued: new class members will be included via repeated reversal of simple discrimination procedure and tested via matching to sample procedure and vice-versa. We discuss if the distinction between equivalence and functional class formation is merely procedural or reflects two different behavioral phenomena.
 
31. Transfer of Emotional Meanings to Abstract Stimuli After Simple and Conditional Discrimination Training With Class-Specific Outcome
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARCELO VITOR SILVEIRA (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: Stimuli class formation implies the development of new types of stimuli control and the extension of psychological functions to members of a class. The present study investigated whether mixed training involving simple discrimination and MTS training with class-specific outcomes was sufficient for the development of two stimulus classes and whether transfer of function phenomenon would occur when the merger behaviors were based in relations among antecedent stimuli and consequences. Five undergraduates were exposed to the training involving stimuli A1, A2, B1, B2, C1 and C2. One signal served to indicate correct matches for class one (Sr1), while other indicated matches for class two (Sr2). After demonstrating the formation of classes A1B1C1 and A2B2C2, all participants learned parings between pictures of human faces expressing emotions (D1 and D2) and stimuli from set A. In further tests with a semantic differential was verified that two, out of five participants evaluated the abstract stimuli from sets B and C as strongly related to stimuli from set D. These are maybe the first evidence of transfer of functions among stimuli classes established by class-specific outcomes.
 
32. Happy Faces Are More Salient Than Angry Faces in both Equivalence and ERP Experiments
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
RENATO BORTOLOTI (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Naiene Pimentel (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: Several studies have shown that different stimuli may be differentially relatable to other stimuli by experimental training. Happy faces, for instance, seem to be more strongly related to their equivalent stimuli than angry faces. Processes that may account for the higher degree of “relatability” of happy faces are not yet known. The current study investigated if the valence of emotional faces has differential impact on P300 waveforms. The P300 is an event-related potential (ERP) component that reflects processes involved in stimulus categorization. Rare pictures of faces expressing happiness (P=0.1) and anger (P=0.1) were mixed with standard pictures of neutral faces (P=0.8) in an oddball paradigm. In some blocks of trials, participants were asked to count happy faces (targets) and ignore both angry (distractors) and neutral (standards) faces; in other blocks, they were asked to count angry faces (targets) and ignore both happy (distractors) and neutral (standards) faces. Reliable differences between the ERPs to happy and angry faces were found only when the happy faces were the targets. The higher salience of happy faces on categorization processes revealed in the current study seems compatible to (and may help to explain) the higher relatability of these stimuli with others through equivalence training.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #293
TPC Sun PM
Sunday, May 25, 2014
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
33. Conceptual Analysis of Social Behavior
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
IZABEL CARVALHO (UnB)
Abstract: This research conducted a conceptual analysis of the term social behavior. The conceptual analysis provides techniques for philosophical discussion of conceptual issues based on the analysis of the mode of use of the terms and limits proposed by Harzem and Miles (1978). Three are main tools of analysis: Polar Principle- identify the ordinary use of the term and what stays out of it; paradigmatic case - which unquestionable example of usage of the term; and applied to the particular case - which sample generates doubt. In this study, the analysis techniques were applied on the definitions of social behavior most cited studies in the field of behavior analysis arguing with the use of the term in ordinary language and philosophy. The etymology of the word " behavior " means and ways of acting that is done or is doing, while the " social " word comes from the word " society " that are related to groups of people who, under common rules , act together at interests in common. Thus in ordinary language, social behavior can mean characteristic behaviors of people interacting with one another, to belong to a given specific group, according to the culture. While in Behavior Analysis, the concept was introduced by Skinner (1953) defining technically as behavior of an individual whose environment is mediated by the behavior of another individual, and from this concept emerged some discussions regarding the characteristics of the mediated environment. This concept was opposed to the individual behavior whose behavior is taken directly interact with the environment. A verbal episode constitutes a paradigmatic case where the behavior of the speaker is mediated by the behavior of the listener. A case that generates questions is behaving alone is social, considering the history of social learning of the individual.
 
34. A Quantitative Analysis of Skinner's Criticisms Against Physiological Explanations of Behavior and His Main Targets
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
DIEGO ZILIO (State University of São Paulo)
Abstract: Skinner is known for his position against physiological explanations of behavior. However, the author was not criticizing physiology as an independent field from behavior analysis, a field that could also present means for achieving more effective ways of prediction and control of behavior. In other words, physiology could also contribute to the explanation of behavior. For him, the main problem was in how some authors and/or theories were using physiology in the explanation of behavior. In his criticisms, Skinner explicitly declared which authors and theories were wrongly using physiology. The goal of this poster is to present a quantitative analysis of Skinners criticisms against physiological explanations of behavior and his main targets. This analysis is divided as follows: which/who: the targets of Skinners criticisms; when: the period of time when the criticisms were presented; and what: the specific criticisms that were made. The analysis is based upon 148 texts written by Skinner, among articles and books, which were selected for containing keywords related to our subject matter.
 
35. Lies, Damn Lies, & Statistics: Examining Sports Records with the Standard Celeration Chart
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
ANDREW JOHN HOUVOURAS (Brevard Public Schools), Jess Webbe (Northeast Behavioral Associates), Rayna Michelle Houvouras (Coastal Behavioral Therapy)
Abstract: Data matters, particularly in sports. Athletic accomplishments are quantified, chronicled, discussed and debated passionately but, how often are they analyzed graphically with the one chart capable of examining data sets that span several decades? Hardly ever... until now! Using the standard celeration chart, numerous athletic records from major sports will be analyzed first and then the debates and discussions will begin in this illustrated, interactive, illuminating presentation.
 
36. Spreading the Good Word of Behavior Analysis
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
MARK MALADY (Brohavior; HSI/WARC), Marc D'Antin (Brohavior)
Abstract: Behavior analysis has had several difficulties in establishing procedures to effectively disseminate the science to other members of the world. Behavior analysis has had a long run at attempting various routes of dissemination. The current poster will aim to address the various dissemination approaches that have been tried and various novel approaches at different levels that may be used. The level of the individual change unit and the level of system wide change will be the primary focus of this poster. Forms of dissemination such as introduction classes, internet awareness, and bar conversations will be presented along with others. Users will be asked to perform a Q-sort to identify their individual participation in spreading the good word and their view on the subject of dissemination. The data will be used to guide the discussion of how to use behavior analysis to make everlasting real world change.
 
37. Exploring the Behaviorisms
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
MARC D'ANTIN (Brohavior), Mark Malady (Brohavior; HSI/WARC), Cameron Green (Florida State University, Brohavior), Ryan Lee O'Donnell (Brohavior), Scott A. Miller (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: The current poster will address the various systems of behaviorism that have been created over the past 100 years. Kuo's system of radical behaviorism, Skinner's radical behaviorism, Goldiamond's Non-Liner system and other systems will be presented. Common characteristics will be presented and the overall implications of components of the system development process will be covered. The differences across the systems will be presented in order to highlight the various points of the tittle that may make dissemination to other academics difficult. A discussion will be held with viewers on the creation process of the systems that the field currently needs.
 
38. An Investigation of Topic and Data Depiction Trends in Articles Published in The Psychological Record (1937-2013).
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
VANESSA WILLMOTH (University of Nevada, Reno), Gabby Watkins (University of Nevada, Reno), Genevieve M. DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: As The Psychological Record (TPR) transitions towards an Association for Behavior Analysis International owned journal, it is fitting that there be an examination of publication trends within this journal since its existence. For the years 1937 through 2013, we examined trends in annual frequency of articles published in TPR; in the topical emphasis of those articles and in the separation between data and non-data based works. Our findings indicate prevalent topics and the continued dominance of data-based works in TPR. The value of this type of archival research for the future direction of TPR as well as the field of behavior analysis will be discussed.
 
39. An Investigation of Interbehavioral Prevalence in Articles Published in The Psychological Record and The Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis (1978-2013).
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
GABBY WATKINS (University of Nevada, Reno), Vanessa Willmoth (University of Nevada, Reno), Genevieve M. DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: It is important to understand the philosophical underpinnings of a science, as these are what guide the direction of the science, particularly in how phenomena are studied and how those findings are interpreted. Within Behavior Analysis in the United States, Interbehaviorism is not commonly known and if it is known it is oftentimes misunderstood. It is possible that Interbehaviorism has more influence in other areas outside of the United States, though it is not clear as to where and to what degree. In addition, a large criticism of Interbehaviorism is that it is not data driven. For the years 1978 through 2013, we examined the interbehavioral prevalence of articles published in The Psychological Record and The Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis; in the geographical region of origin of those articles and in the separation between data and non-data based works. Our findings indicate top regional contributors, and the relative balance of data and non-data based interbehavioral works. The value of this type of archival research for the future direction of our science as well as the overarching implications of understanding one’s own philosophical underpinnings will be discussed.
 
40. CANCELED: What is an Organism?
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
Kimberly G. Vail (University of North Texas), MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

The word organism has remained an unarticulated backdrop to nearly all thinking about behavior. Skinner has reported that he moved away from the isolated preparations of reflexes to instrumental behavior because of his interest in the whole organism. Radical Behaviorist conceptualizations, however, raise interesting and important questions about where the boundary between organism and environment are to be drawn and about the conditions under which the word organism is used. This poster will explore how the term Organism has been used in various endeavors interested in understanding behavior (broadly defined). What are the necessary and sufficient conditions for appropriate use of the term? Does the exploration help to expand or constrain the scope of our science, the research therein, and the implications for its application to cure social ills? Can the conditions in which various systems use the word organism inform the efforts of other endeavors? These are some of the questions explored in this poster.

 
41. Behavior Analysis and Religion
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
EVELYN BOATENG (Saint Xavier University)
Abstract: Behavior analysis has been shown to be effective in helping to create behavior change. For years, people have looked at religion as a mean to behavior change. Is it possible for there to be a connection between behavior analysis and religion?
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #294
EDC Sun PM
Sunday, May 25, 2014
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
42. Effects of Parent Training on Treatment Integrity and Academic Skills
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SARA S. KUPZYK (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Parent tutoring has been identified as a promising practice for improving academic skills. Treatment integrity is essential to making valid decisions about the effectiveness of interventions. In parent tutoring research, assessment of integrity has generally been limited to adherence. There has been a recent call for a broader conceptualization of integrity that includes domains such as adherence, quality, dosage, and engagement. The purposes of this study were to (a) assess the impact of parent tutoring on students skills and (b) extend measurement of integrity in parent tutoring research to multiple domains. Youth referred to an academic clinic and their parents participated. Graduate students in school psychology conducted academic assessments, identified an effective intervention, and taught parents to use the intervention in the home environment. Procedural integrity (i.e., training of the parents) and implementation integrity (i.e., use of the intervention by the parent) were measured using adherence checklists. Data will also be collected on quality, dosage, and engagement in tutoring. Preliminary results indicate that students skills in targeted academic areas improved following parent tutoring. Treatment integrity ranged from moderate to high across domains. Discussion will focus on assessment of treatment integrity in applied settings and factors affecting implementation and outcomes.
 
43. Preliminary Analysis of a Simple Observational Tool for the Assessment of the Quality of Afterschool Reading Instruction: The Reading Environment Practices Survey (REPS)
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Samira Kaskel (Nova Southeastern University), DAVID REITMAN (Nova Southeastern University), Sheree Tarver (Nova Southeastern University)
Abstract: Efforts to promote reading fluency and literacy have been the subject of extensive study and debate over the past decade. While intervention approaches have proliferated, there has been relatively less attention devoted to the analysis of intervention content and the extent to which various curricula and instructional practices correspond to best practices in reading fluency and literacy promotion. Efforts to assess literacy intervention quality have been exceptionally limited outside of school settings, for example in afterschool and community-based summer camp programs. The present study sought to develop a brief observational measure to evaluate the extent to which elements of high-quality reading instruction are present during brief observations conducted by trained raters. The Reading Environment Practices Survey is a 10-item measure the was considered to have two-factors, Reading Processes (RP) and Instructional Content (IC) . The 5-item RP scale consisted of items concerned with observations of reading fluency building strategies (i.e., guided oral reading), observer impressions of instructor enthusiasm and modeling, and students being provided with opportunitues to practice reading with feedback. The 5-item IC scale consisted of items assessing behavior management practices, and instructional planning, as well as items assessing the quality of instructional materials and the instructional space itself. Data analyses include the presentation of means and standard deviations and reliability (coefficient alpha) for the proposed subscales, as well as exploratory factor analysis and discriminative validity assessment (i.e., a comparison of subscale scores for certified teachers, certified teachers with reading specializations, and uncertified staff). The results suggested the the measure required some modification to improve the internal consistency of the subscales. Data from the exploratory factor analysis suggested a possible third factor, Preparation, as well as the need for relabelling of the primary factors. Specifically, Reading Processes was renamed Reading Practices and Instructional Content was renamed General Instructional Quality. Preliminary validity assessment utilizing over 40 classroom observations suggested that Certified Teachers with Reading Specializations were, in fact, perceived as being more liklely to practice instructional techniques that are in-line with best practices than others without such specialization.
 
44. Incorporating iPad Technology Within RepeatedReading Interventions for Students With Learning Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
WILLIAM J. SWEENEY (The University of South Dakota), Krislyn J. Carlson (Beresford Schools & University of South Dakota)
Abstract: Fluent reading is a prerequisite for understanding what one reads. The inability to decode what one is reading automatically often leads to reading comprehension problems and low achievement in content areas. Reading fluency problems, i.e., the inability to quickly and accurately identify words in textual passages, is even more pronounced in populations of school-age children with learning disabilities. Of the five essential components to good reading, the National Reading Panel identified reading fluency as one of the most neglected skill in reading instruction. In addition to the importance of incorporating reading fluency into the instruction for readers who are struggling in this area, many schools are also embracing a variety of emerging educational technologies in their ongoing efforts to improve literacy instruction. Educational technologies, such as the introduction of Apples iPad and other electronic tablet technologies, may expand the use of mobile technology within reading instruction and reading fluency interventions. Unfortunately, while educators report promising anecdotal results with students using iPads and tablet technologies for literacy and reading fluency instruction, little formal research exists to support the use of these devices for improving reading performance of students experiencing reading difficulties. Therefore, the purpose of this study is to examine the effects of reading fluency interventions that incorporate repeated readings and Precision Teaching measurement approaches that employ iPad technologies to address the oral reading performance of second- and third-grade students with learning disabilities. More specifically, this study compares two variations of repeated readings intervention conditions to see what effects the addition of audio modeling by a fluent reader will produce on the reading rate and accuracy of the participants.
 
45. CANCELED: Using Constant Time Delay to Teach Braille Word Recognition
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH IVY (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

Braille illiteracy is a severe and serious issue concerning education for students with visual impairment. Time delay is a systematic response prompting procedure with a strong evidence base to teach functional and academic skills to students with a range of disabilities. Although time delay is considered an evidence-based strategy to teach literacy skills to children with severe disabilities, research on the efficacy of time delay to teach literacy skills to children with severe visual impairment has not been published to date. In this poster session, the presenter will share the results of two single subject studies using constant time delay procedures to teach braille learners. In one study, prompts included physical guidance, modeling, and pointing out salient features of braille words to teach highly motivating words to four students with multiple disabilities. In the second study, verbal prompts were used to teach braille or Nemeth code to three students transitioning from print to braille. The results of these two studies provide strong evidence of the promise of constant time delay as an effective and efficient intervention to teach students with the most severe visual impairments, with and without additional disabilities.

 
46. Differential Effect of Preteaching Content Words on Accuracy in Connected Text for Students With Learning Disabilities and Typical Readers
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Gail Coulter (Western Washington University), MICHAEL C. LAMBERT (Western Washington University)
Abstract: The differential effect of preteaching content words on accuracy and fluency in connected text was examined with three participants identified with learning disability and reading two grade levels below their same age peers and with three typical developing peers at grade level. Researchers incorporated a multiple baseline design with three phases (i.e., Baseline, Wordlist, and Wordlist + Vocabulary) and found that preteaching increased fluency to some extent and significantly increased accuracy for the students at grade level and increased both fluency and accuracy for the students with learning disabilities. The technique was less time intensive and required minimal instructional support while providing participants with access to general education curriculum. Pretaught words generalized to unfamiliar passages containing the pretaught words and were maintained for fourteen days after the interventions concluded.
 
47. Efficacy of a Fluency-Based Training on Reading Performance in Students With Dyslexia
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SARA ANDOLFI (TICE Learning Centre), Iris Pelizzoni (University of Parma), Eleonora Villani (TICE Learning Centre), Francesca Cavallini (University of Parma)
Abstract: We studied the effects of a fluency-based training on reading performance. The participants were ten students diagnosed with dyslexia who were attending primary school. This study was a single subjects study in which the dependent variable was the number of correct syllables read during the probe sessions. The independent variable was a fluency-based training in which participants practiced in reading syllables and words twice a week. The results showed that all the students increased the number of correct syllables read, indeed they outperformed the expected improvement; the outcome's magnitude and the total amount of training will be analyzed.
 
48. Ludic Contingencies As Enhancement To Reading Teaching Procedure
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
DEISY DAS GRAÇAS DE SOUZA (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Leonardo Brandão Marques (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract: The enhancement of teaching reading procedures is an important strategy to improve the literacy rates in development countries. In Brazil a procedure has been effective in teaching reading for children with academic failure history. However, keeping children engaged in these learning activities has been a challenge. This study evaluates the impact of ludic activities as motivational factor for maintenance on the reading teaching procedures. Two teaching conditions were available for the children: (1) on condition one, standard matching-to-sample (MTS) and constructed MTS (CRMTS) teaching procedure was used; (2) on condition two, mini-games was intercalated with the same MTS and CRMTS procedure, as a ludic condition. On beginning of each session the participant could choose with procedure will use. On both conditions the same four teaching blocks were presented in the same order and mastering the reading activities was the criterion for access the next teaching block. The results indicate that a majority of participants choose the ludic condition, keeping this preference stable until the study finishes. Participant with different preference patterns had the same learning rates. Spontaneous engagement and number of errors’ analysis indicates that the mini-games can be a useful engagement tool for teaching Portuguese reading skills.
 
49. The Effects of Token Economy on Rate of Correct Responses: Evaluating Math Performance in Students With Behavior Disorders
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
UZMA MANZOOR (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: The effects of an exaggerated token economy system were evaluated on multiplication performance of students with behavior disorders. The participants ranged from ages 9 to 11 years and were part of a special education classroom that was already under a token reinforcement system. The researcher used a multiple baseline design across participants combined with an ABA design. The investigator collected data on the rate of correct problems, percentage of correct problems, and celeration trends during each phase of student performance. Overall results suggested that students performed better on average when the exaggerated token economy system was implemented compared to baseline phases. The results also indicated that the use of rate of performance versus percentage as a dependent measure may yield different conclusions and therefore it was observed that rate of performance should be an integral dependent measure in Applied Behavior Analysis literature.
 
50. Some Effects of Large and Small Numerosities Over the Discrimination of Quantities in Elementary Students
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
ALESSANDRA CAMPANINI MENDES (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Rogério Crevelenti Fioraneli (Universidade Federal de São Carlos - UFSCar), João S. Carmo (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract: Visual enumeration seems to be in the origin of math behavior. It involves the immediate discrimination of small quantities without counting (frequently known as subitizing) and rough estimation. Studies indicate as crucial variables the spatial arrangements of the objects as well as the interval of time those objects are exposed each time. This study aimed to verify the effects of small and large quantities of dots over visual enumeration when dots are distributed into different arrangements. Participated 37 elementary students with an average age (in years) of 10.6 (SD = 0.6), from a public school in Brazil. An individual and computerized Test of Visual Enumeration was applied, consisting of 30 tasks involving subitizing (display of four dots or less on the screen) and numerical estimation (five to ten dots on the screen). There were a higher percentage of correct responses, as well as a smaller latency, in subitizing than in numerical estimation for most participants, mainly when dots were presented in a canonic distribution than in random distribution, and when dots were closer from one another than when they were dispersed. Data confirms the literature and can provide support to applied tasks such as the teaching of basic counting.
 
51. Effects of Response Cards Versus Hand-raising During Smart Board Activities on Response Accuracy of Elementary Students With Language Impairments
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Kenda E. Smith (Auburn University at Montgomery), SARA C. BICARD (Auburn University at Montgomery)
Abstract: Response cards have been used with a variety of populations and in a variety of content areas. However, very few studies investigated language skills among students with language impairments. In addition, there is limited evidence about how to effectively use interactive white boards systems with students with disabilities. This study investigated the effects of response cards and hand raising during interactive whiteboard activities on immediate and delayed response accuracy of five participants with language impairments in an urban elementary school. Participants answered ten questions to assess their language comprehension at the end of each session as well as on weekly tests. Each week onditions were alternated between using write-on response cards to respond by each student for every question or the teacher calling on a individual student who raised their hand to respond. The response accuracy during the questioning session for three of the five participants was slightly higher during response cards than hand raising. Weekly test scores were also slightly higher during response cards for 3 of the 5 participants. Sampling of off-task behavior indicated that participants were more on-task during the response card condition. The results are consistent with previous findings about response cards.
 
52. Using Functional Analysis to Identify Effective Interspersal Ratios
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
SCOTT SINGLETON (University of Central Oklahoma), Hailey Hinkle (University of Central Oklahoma), Micah Highfill (University of Central Oklahoma), Jennifer Hancock (University of Central Oklahoma), Patty Nuhfer (ABA Oklahoma)
Abstract: Interspersal of known and unknown items have been used to effectively teach academic skills. The specific ratios used in previous research has varied. Additionally, some research has suggested that the additional time required to include known items reduces the opportunity to respond to items targeted for intervention. Given the current trend for the inclusion of Response to Intervention models, intervention efficiency is a critical factor in the selection of interventions. Four elementary students were selected based on risk identification and failure to respond to initial reading interventions provided through the school's Response to Intervention (RtI) program. A functional analysis was used to compare the effectiveness of no interspersal, 50% known, 70% known, and 90% known to unknown interspersal ratios. Additionally, student choice to continue the intervention was included as a measure of social validity and an indicator of reinforcement density. Interventions were limited to 10 minutes to ensure the efficiency of the intervention. Following the analysis, each participant was provided with a best treatment phase. [Data collection is underway and will be completed by the end of January]
 
53. A Comparison of Regressive and Progressive Prompt-Delay Procedures for Teaching Sight-Words
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MACKENZIE SOMMERHALDER (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Polly Daro (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Maureen O'Connor (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Whitney Strong (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Edward J. Daly III (University of Nebraska-Lincoln)
Abstract: Prompting strategies are useful for teaching sight-word acquisition. This study compared two different prompting procedures—progressive prompt delay (PPD) and regressive prompt delay (RPD)—for improving sight-word reading in two second-grade students. Both procedures have a delay between the presentation of the reading word and a modeling prompt. For PPD, the presentation interval is progressively lengthened across instructional trials. For RPD, the presentation interval is progressively shortened across instructional trials with instructions to the student to say the word more quickly than the instructor. A parallel-treatments design was used to compare the effects of both conditions. The results indicated that RPD was as effective as PPD in improving sight-word reading. A simultaneous-treatments design element was then used to evaluate student preference for treatment. The students were asked to select the method (RPD or PPD) for instruction prior to further instructional trials. The results indicate that student choice of method varied idiosyncratically, with one student preferring RPD and the other preferring PPD. This study contributes a novel prompting method (RPD) that may add a motivational component lacking in existing prompting methods and illustrates how choice can be added as a design element to instructional intervention studies.
 
54. A Computer-Based Multiplication Fact Fluency Intervention for High School Students with Emotional Disturbance
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
WALLACE LARKIN (University of Cincinnati), Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati), Emily Flowers (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract: The investigation of effective academic interventions for students with emotional disturbance is critical because students with emotional disturbance are at an increased risk for academic failure. The risk for academic failure is particularly apparent in mathematics. In response to this, a computer-based online multiplication fact fluency program, along with a performance-based interdependent group contingency was implemented for five high school math classes with students with emotional disturbance. The students participated in the program three days a week, and were assessed using curriculum based measures weekly in order to monitor each classrooms progress in this data-based intervention. A multiple baseline across classrooms design was used to evaluate the results of the intervention. Significant gains in student performance on math fact fluency probes were seen for all participating classes, and four of the five participating classes increased an instructional level by the end of the intervention. The implications for researchers and practitioners from the intervention include the effective use of a technology-based academic intervention, as well as the successful addition of performance-based group rewards as a means of motivating students with emotional and behavioral disorders to both participate in the intervention procedures and improve performance on multiplication fact fluency assessments.
 
55. A Comparison of Two Different Teaching Methodologies in Learning Vocabulary Words-Computer and Flashcards
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JILL HUNT (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Michelle Harrington (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract: In this study, we will compare the results of subjects using flashcards to learn the definitions of a series of vocabulary words and using a computer program to learn the same definitions. Both subjects will complete timings, and data will be plotted on a standard celeration chart. The subject who uses flashcards will use the see/say learning channel, while the subject who uses the computer program will use the see/type learning channel. We will look at words known before completing the timings and words known after completing the timings and generalization to other learning channels. We will also look at benefits of both methods of learning the vocabulary words.
 
56. The Effects Of Self-Monitoring On Academic Behaviors Of Tenth Grade Students With Learning Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
ANDREA HOWARD (University of Cincinnati), Melanie Schneider (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract: Increasing pre-academic and academic behaviors are primary concerns for teachers at the high school level. Implementing self-monitoring interventions can reduce teacher efforts that take away from instructional time while introducing and reinforcing a desirable keystone behavior for students. In the presented case, three fifteen- to sixteen-year-old students with learning disabilities in a high school resource room were referred for additional intervention. In order to decrease rates of tardiness, increase rates of homework completion, and increase rates of homework accuracy, a self-monitoring intervention was implemented within a small group framework. Students shared daily self-monitoring sheets with two graduate students leading the weekly group and received reinforcement contingent upon reaching collaboratively set goals. Results of implementation showed that, on average, student tardiness decreased from baseline to intervention phases, while both homework completion and accuracy increased as a result of the self-monitoring intervention. Data are presented both through individual data paths and as group averages. Outcomes of this case add to the current body of research supporting self-monitoring as an effective intervention for students with a range of ability levels and behavior concerns.
 
57. The Effects of Multiple Exemplar Training on Emergent Literacy Skills
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
BLAKE HANSEN (Brigham Young University), Mallory Roberts (Brigham Young University)
Abstract: With increasing emphasis being placed on reading achievement, the need for effective interventions that promote is increasing. Print-concept knowledge (PCK) refers to a class of observable behaviors that children typically learn through interaction with books and print before entering school. The behaviors that comprise PCK include identification of the organization of a book and words (e.g., title and cover), and discrimination between words on a page and pictures. These skills are typically learned without explicit training through exposure to multiple exemplars in literacy-rich environments during early childhood. Research has demonstrated that these skills are precursors to reading that predict reading outcomes. With these issues present, an intervention was designed to teach these skills to children with intellectual disabilities. The intervention provided explicit instruction in a discrete-trial teaching format that included training multiple exemplars (e.g., different children’s books that had different functions such as narrative and expository text). Results demonstrated that participants increased the class of behaviors that developmental research refers to as “print awareness.” The results suggest that behavior analytic approaches to teaching can inform contemporary literacy research.
 
58. Decreasing the Off-Task Behaviors of Reluctant Adolescent Readers During Sustained Silent Reading Through Book Interest and Ability Matching
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
NATALIE ALLEN-WILLIAMS (Weber State University), Kristin L. Nelson (Weber State University), Clay Rasmussen (Weber State University), Melina Alexander (Weber State University), April Ricks (Jefferson Academy)
Abstract: Sustained Silent Reading (SSR) is a practice that continues to be used in classrooms everywhere despite a lack of evidence to support its use. The intent of SSR is to give students practice reading and to increase their appreciation of literature and enjoyment of reading. Despite the popularity of SSR, research has shown that the practice may only be appropriate for the independent medium- to high-ability readers who enjoy reading (Davis, 1988; Walker, 2000). Teachers are often required by their administration to implement SSR into their daily routine. Recent researchers have suggested modified versions of SSR to better address the needs of struggling readers. A multiple-baseline design across students was used to answer the question about the impact of book matching on off-task behavior during the SSR period. In this design, the intervention of book matching was gradually introduced to the participants. Once a participants baseline off-task behavior was consistent and contrary to the desired direction, he received the matched book. The remaining target students received their books once the level of off-task behavior of the first participant decreased. Baseline data collection continued to be collected for the other participants as each individual received their matched books. This study was conducted over 4 weeks with six junior high students displaying high levels disengagement during SSR. The dependent variable was off-task behavior; the independent variable was matching books to students interests and reading levels. The dependent variable was defined to include any of the following: out-of-seat, talking aloud or other vocalizations, making non-language noises, touching another student, writing, having the book closed, having eyes closed or looking away from the book. The independent variable was a systematic, multi-step process to assure that the students were reading books that were of interest to them. Across the course of the study, five of the six students average off-task behavior decreased as a result of the book matching, confirming the suspicion that matching students with books to read according to interest and ability may positively affect their time on task during SSR. In this study, students average off-task behavior at baseline was 49.8%. After the book matching intervention, it was 31.2%. Although the group averages are somewhat marginal the individual students' off-task behavior for five of the six is more compelling.
 
59. Increasing Math Skills in Primary School Students With the Use of Flashcards Known as SAFMEDS (Say All Fast Minute Everyday Shuffled)
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
STACEY HUNTER (Bangor University), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University), John Parkinson (Bangor University), Michael Beverley (Bangor University)
Abstract: Maths is such an important skill for a person to acquire and is used in numerous jobs and in everyday life (Mulero, Segura & Sepulcre, 2013). The Welsh assembly released the figures for math achievement at GCSE level for 2011/12 and stated only 57% of students in Wales achieved a grade A*-C. It is important that primary school students grasp the basics of maths (OFSTED, 2011), without the underpinning knowledge of maths it will be extremely difficult for students to answer more complex math equations (White, 2010). Therefore this study aimed at improving maths skills in primary school students aged 6-11. This study incorporated precision teaching into the schools maths lesson on a class wide basis using flash cards known as SAFMEDS (Say All fast minute everyday shuffled). The data showed that students in the experimental group showed a statistically significant improvement pre to post and showed retention of the knowledge learnt in the one month follow up and showed statistically significantly higher improvement scores when compared to a control group. The overall conclusion of this study shows that with the integration of SAFMEDS into a busy classroom setting can have a positive impact on students maths skills.
 
60. The Addition of a Sounding-Out Step to Cover-Copy-Compare for Spelling
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
HEIDI FISHER (Central Michigan University), Benjamin Kennert (Central Michigan University), Teryn Bruni (Central Michigan University), Seraphim Mork (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: Learning to spell in English is difficult because of inconsistencies in correspondences between letters and the sounds they represent. Traditional spelling instruction is often time consuming. Fortunately, there are a few evidence-based efficient spelling interventions. One such strategy is cover-copy-compare (CCC) which involves quick and repeated trials. In CCC students are given a piece of paper with the spelling words on one half the page and blank lines on the other half. The students are prompted to look at a spelling word, cover it and attempt to spell it on the blank line, and to uncover the word and compare it to what they spelled. These steps are repeated if an error is made. The use of CCC for spelling instruction has not involved explicit instruction in teaching students the relationship between the sounds in the words and the letters in the words. One previous study examined the benefit of adding a step to the typical CCC procedure which involved prompting the participants to sound out the target word before covering and attempting to spell the word. This step explicitly prompts the participant to attend to the relationship between the sounds in the word and the letters in the word. Although this study found that the addition of the sounding-out step improved spelling more than the typical CCC procedure, methodological flaws limit interpretation of the results. The present study sought to further assess the relative value of CCC plus sounding-out compared to CCC alone. Using a multiple baseline across subjects design, five second and third grade students were guided through first the CCC then the CCC plus sounding-out procedures in daily sessions for four to five weeks. Spelling was improved using both spelling interventions, and the spelling improvement was similar when the CCC or CCC plus sounding-out procedure was used.
 
61. Using Brief Experimental Analysis to Identify Reading Decoding Interventions
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MICHELLE HINZMAN (Keystone Area Education Agency), Barbara A. Pline (Keystone Area Education Agency), Chamoni J. DeLong (Keystone Area Education Agency), Pamela A. Fields (Keystone Area Education Agency), Doug A. Penno (Keystone Area Education Agency)
Abstract: This study explored how brief experimental analysis (BEA) procedures could be utilized to identify reading decoding interventions for three students (a second grader and two third graders) who struggled to decode words accurately. This study was conducted in four phases. During Phase 1, student data was reviewed to ensure that selected students read with low accuracy (less than 95% accuracy) and had not responded favorably to previous intervention efforts. During Phase 2, diagnostic assessment was conducted to determine students accuracy when reading word lists consisting of different word types (e.g., CVC words, consonant digraphs, consonant blends, CVCe words). During Phase 3, after identifying the word type(s) to target for instruction, BEA was conducted (Figures 1-3) to determine an intervention for each student. The following evidence-based decoding interventions were implemented as BEA conditions: Elkonin sound boxes, Glass Analysis method, making words, and word sorts. Finally, during Phase 4, BEA-identified interventions were implemented until a pre-determined mastery criterion was met by each student. Intervention effectiveness was monitored during each instructional session with a 1-minute single-skill word list probe designed to match the instructional target (e.g., CVC words, consonant digraphs, consonant blends). This study will be completed with final student data collected February 2014.
 
62. The Effects of Manipulating Problem Completion Rates on Assignment Choice and Preference Consistency
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KILEY J BLISS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Gary L. Cates (Illinois State University), Kerry Pecho (Illinois State University), Jessica Fisher (Illinois State University)
Abstract:

Matching law predicts an organism, given two choices, will engage in behavior resulting in higher rates of reinforcement (Herrnstein, 1961; 1970). Matching law has been extended to academic assignment choice. The mathematics interspersing procedure provides students additional opportunities to respond to academic stimuli (i.e., math problems) within an assignment by programming additional brief problems among longer target problems. The more problems completed on assignments with interspersing, the more likely students are to choose such assignments relative to an assignment without interspersing (e.g., Cates & Dalenberg, 2005). The discrete task completion hypothesis poses that students learn a history of contacting reinforcement for completing assignments, and additional brief problems within assignments serve as conditioned reinforcement (Skinner, 2002). Some students (i.e., non-choosers), however, choose assignments without interspersing relative to assignments with interspersing, presumably due to insufficient opportunities to contact conditioned reinforcement. This investigation sought to determine whether manipulating schedules of interspersing within assignments could influence non-choosers assignment choice. One hundred fifty participants responded to three paired assignments, one with and one without interspersing, and chose between assignments. Results showed increasing conditioned reinforcement within assignments caused non-choosers choice to change. Participant choice for assignments with interspersing, overall, increased as relative problem completion rates increased.

 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #295
TBA Sun PM
Sunday, May 25, 2014
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
63. The Use of Invertebrates and Other Animals to Demonstrate Principles of Learning
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
CHRISTOPHER DINGES (Oklahoma State University), Charles I. Abramson (Oklahoma State University)
Abstract: Since the mid-1990s, the Laboratory of Comparative Psychology and Behavioral Biology at Oklahoma State University has developed a number of exercises appropriate for classroom use to demonstrate principles of learning and other forms of behavior. These activities have primarily focused on the use of invertebrates such as planarians, houseflies, earthworms, and honey bees. We have also developed exercises using fish based on an inexpensive apparatus called the “Fish Stick.” Other exercises to be discussed are “Salivary Conditioning in Humans;” “Project Petscope” which turns local pet stores into animal behavior research centers; “Prey Preferences in Snakes”; and “Correspondence in the Classroom” which helps students write letters to scientists in the field of learning research. These various teaching activities are summarized, and the advantages and limitations are discussed.
 
64. Challenging Behavior Service: Analyzing Training Needs and Priorities for School District Challending Behavior Consultants
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
JAYME B. MEWS (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital), Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education)
Abstract: Iowa is divided into nine Area Education Agencies (AEAs) who are responsible for delivering a variety of educational services to school districts, including behavior support. In 2009, the Iowa Department of Education (DE) supported an initiative for each AEA to develop a challenging behavior team to assess behavior and provide support in the students educational setting. The DE contracted with behavior analysts from the University of Iowa Childrens Hospital to provide training and consultation in behavior assessment.. In 2013, the DE expanded its initiative to provide training to newly developed challenging behavior teams in 3 Iowa school districts. Twelve trainees participated. An assessment of each participants prior experience and priority for training with behavior assessment skills related descriptive assessments, experimental analyses, antecedent strategies, and function-based strategies was conducted. Consultation and training was customized to fit the needs of each behavior team. The results indicated trainees had more experience with descriptive assessment and antecedent-based strategies than other assessments and strategies. Trainees will be assessed again at the end of the first year. This poster will highlight the training needs and priority for training of the local school district teams and their progress after one year.
 
65. Evaluation of an Online Challenging Behaviour Course for School Staff and Parents.
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
KIRSTEN M. WIRTH (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba), Kendra Thomson (York University), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: We evaluated the efficacy of an online challenging behaviour course offered to school staff and parents through the St.Amant Autism Programs in 2012 and 2013. Our program has been charged with providing more resources to families and staff of children with autism in Manitoba, as effectively and efficiently as possible. One way to offer more resources by using little support is through online modes of learning. The Computer-Aided Personalized System of Instruction (CAPSI) is an evidence-based teaching strategy that has been developed and used at the University of Manitoba since the 1980s (Pear & Kinsner, 1988), has evolved into a web-based program, and is now being used at various universities internationally. It has also been used for staff training in a number of research and pilot projects for ABA as well as other businesses. It seemed a logical jump as a cost-effective way to offer information to the public. Challenging behaviour has been the most requested topic we have received to provide workshops on, so it was chosen as a topic for our pilot use of an online course. In 2012 we had 20 school staff and 20 parents register for the course, and 30% of school staff and 10% of parents completed the course, respectively. Given that the majority of participants who withdrew or stopped participating had not contacted the course by writing at least 1 unit, in 2013 we implemented a deadline for completing at least 1 unit test in order to increase those who participate and complete the course, or they would be removed from the course. 60% of school staff and 15% of parents completed the course, respectively. School staff were eligible to earn credit hours towards a certificate provided by the province's Education department in both 2012 and 2013. Social validity data was obtained by participants both years, and those who responded indicated they felt the information was valuable in their daily lives and they enjoyed the online teaching method. Implications for future course offerings will be discussed.
 
66. Exploring Perceptions of Doctor of Education Students, Candidates, and Alumni Relative to the Constructs of the Self-Determination Theory: A Case Study Analysis
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
JUANESE JONES (University of West Florida)
Abstract: Over 50% of doctoral students do not complete the doctoral program ((Bair & Haworth, 1999). The quantitative case study was utilized to determine if perceptions of self and related university employees change as the participant’s progress through the program. The various doctoral groups included Ed. D. students, candidates, and alumni. The groups’ perceptions were recorded and analyzed to determine if there was a difference in the groups’ average perceptions of self-determination, learning environment, and instructor influence when attendance of professional organization meetings. The theoretical framework was supported by Deci and Ryan’s Self-Determination Theory (1985). The data were provided by Ed. D. students, candidates, and alumni who completed a combined instrument online. The combined instrument included the Self-Determination Survey, the Learning Climate Survey, and the Professional Organization Involvement Survey (LCQ; Sheldon & Deci, 1996; Williams & Deci, 1996). The Self-Determination Survey and Learning Climate Survey were provided by the Self-Determination Group. As evidenced by data analysis, there was no difference among Ed. D. students’, candidates, and alumni perceptions of self-determination, perceptions of learning environment, and perceptions of instructor influence when in attendance of professional organization meetings. The reason for the low graduation rate of doctoral students remains undiscovered. Though there was not a significant difference among the groups, there was a trend in the data showing a decrease in positive perceptions among the students, candidates, and alumni.
 
67. The Effects of TPRA Observations and Feedback on the Emission of Errorless Instruction by Three Teaching Assistants in a Behavior Analytic Preschool
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
SUSAN BUTTIGIEG (Teachers College, Columbia University), Michelle Cole-Hatchard (Fred S. Keller School)
Abstract: We tested the effects of TPRA (Teacher Performance Rate/Accuracy) observations on the emission of errorless instruction with three teaching assistants in a behavior analytic classroom. The dependent variable was the number or errorless TPRA observations across predetermined programs, and the independent variable was the vocal and written feedback of the classroom teacher and supervisor, as well as teacher modeling. The design of the study was a nonconcurrent multiple probe design across participants. The data revealed that the most common error emitted by the participants was in the correction procedure. Results indicated that after the participants received feedback and were shown how to give a student an intact correction, the number of errorless TPRAs increased significantly as a function of feedback and TPRAs.
 
68. An Operant Learning Story: Teaching Basic Principles of Behavior Analysis
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
LUCAS COUTO DE CARVALHO (Oslo and Akershus University College), Márcio Borges Moreira (Instituto Walden4)
Abstract: The Skinners idea of n=1 was a revolutionary one: it guided the experimental methodology used by behavior analysts. Environmental variables control over behavior might normally be seen as a change in the response rate or in the responding patterns of the same subject. Basing on this, the present work used a single subject design, where data compounded a course that was designed to teaching basic principles of behavior analysis. A female Wistar rat, aged 4 months at the beginning, called Maricota, served as subject. Maricota was exposed to several procedures where each procedure represented one phase of her story. The course tells the Maricotas story, since her first contact with the experimental chamber, while students can follow these learning procedures and their respectively effects on Maricotas behavior. Students have access to quizzes, graphs, and videos regarding detailed features of the course. The students performance is based on his or her own pace, similar to that formulated by Kellers personalized system of instruction (PSI). It seems that this course provides an example of how methodology found in Skinners n=1 and Kellers PSI could generate alternative ways to teaching basic principles of behavior analysis with the support of technology.
 
69. An Evaluation of a Baseline Assessment When Teaching Individuals to Conduct Discrete-Trial Teaching
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
ALISON COX (University of Manitoba), Jade Wightman (University of Manitoba), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: Training staff to administer discrete-trial teaching can be time consuming and expensive, thus researchers continue to examine strategies to improve efficiency without compromising quality. The standard single-subject research design for examining a method for teaching a procedural skill such as discrete trials training (DTT) follows these steps: (a) test the procedure (baseline), (b) apply the method, (c) re-test the procedure. The success of the teaching method is assessed by noting the difference between performance during baseline (step a) and the second test of the procedure (step c). Previous research on Fazzio and Martins (2010) manual for teaching DTT suggests testing may improve teaching accuracy independently of the teaching method (Arnal et al., 2007; Fazzio et al., 2009; Salem et al., 2009; Wightman et al., 2012). However, unintentional learning during baseline may overestimate intervention effects. The current study examines this possibility by comparing the relative effects of repeated exposure to baseline across two different baseline strategies. Preliminary results suggest that the traditional baseline condition results in unintentional learning while the modified baseline condition does not.
 
70. Fidelity of Supervision of Field Experience (Group and Individual)
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
MARY ANNETTE LITTLE (Lipscomb University), Sally M. Barton-Arwood (Belmont University), Amber Music (May Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders)
Abstract: Producing new behavior analysts who can provide quality, ethical services is critical in maintaining the credibility of the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. One way to ensure the production of high quality behavior analysts is to ensure that student candidates in the field receive high quality supervision of field experience. Supervision of candidates in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis varies greatly across programs and individual supervisors. The Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) is attempting to address this variation by requiring supervisors to complete a BACB Supervisor Training Curriculum. The BACB Supervisor Training Curriculum promotes effective, evidence-based supervision (2012 Behavior Analyst Certification Board,® Inc.). The purpose of this presentation is to offer suggestions for evaluating fidelity of implementation in the supervision of candidates in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. Feasible methods for measuring fidelity of both group and individual supervision will be provided. Preliminary data on the evaluation of group and individual supervision fidelity will be provided.
 
71. Using BST for BCBA Supervision
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
AMBER MUSIC (Lipscomb University), Mary Annette Little (Lipscomb University), Lynnette White (Nashville Public Schools)
Abstract: As the field continues to grow, the BACB provides guidance for teachers and supervisors of candidates seeking certification. It is essential those seeking supervision be provided with quality instruction and guidance in the acquisition and performance of behavior analytic skills. The BACB suggests the use of behavioral skills training (BST) as an effective method for teaching essential skills, such as those defined on the Fourth Edition Task List. Lipscomb University and community BACB-approved supervisors are actively developing teaching programs and curriculum materials for Task List items using BST to effectively provide instruction and supervision to those seeking certification. Preliminary data will be collected regarding the acquisition, comprehension, retention, and performance of skills taught using this new supervisory curriculum. In addition, fidelity of teaching implementation using these methods and social validity data from students will be collected. Future studies include the use of this curriculum in graduate-level BACB approved programs, comparison with traditional teaching and supervision methods, and effect of this supervisory curriculum on pass rates of students taking the BACB Exam. The presenters will provide an overview of the supervision curriculum and preliminary data on its effectiveness.
 
72. Different Subfields, Different Language: Comparisons Between JEAB and JABA
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
JAMES W. DILLER (Eastern Connecticut State University), Kristalyn Salters-Pedneault (Eastern Connecticut State University)
Abstract: Scholarly journals are a primary method of transmission of professional knowledge. Even within the same field, linguistic conventions may vary as a function of the audience that journals serve. To evaluate differences between the language used in subfields of behavior analysis (specifically, basic and applied research), the first three paragraphs of 203 randomly selected research articles were collected from the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB; N = 87) and the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA; N = 116). These samples were compared using textual analysis software called Coh-Metrix. Coh-Metrix provides quantitative indices of various aspects of the text, including structural dimensions (e.g., paragraph and word length) and functional dimensions (e.g., how easy it is to understand, how concrete the words are). Independent-samples t-tests were used to compare the samples along a variety of dimensions. Although the two journals were similar in most of the factors evaluated (i.e., p > .05), differences were found in measures of concreteness, imagability, and meaningfulness of the text, with JABA scoring higher for each index. Implications of the differences in these primary texts of behavior analysis are discussed, with emphasis on students and practitioners.
 
73. Using Fluency Components in Training Staff Discrete Trial Instruction Procedures
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
ALISON SZARKO (University of Nevada-Reno), Melissa Nosik (University of Nevada, Reno), Molli Luke (University of Nevada, Reno), Melany Denny (High Sierra Industries), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: When training staff to implement behavioral technologies the current common practice is using a combination of instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback. Although this approach has been found to be successful across a plethora of situations with a wide variety of learners, the approach focuses on accuracy (topography of the learner's responses) verses fluency (Topography of responses over time). There are components of staff training that still need to be explored and empirically tested. The current study aimed to examine the relationship of fluency and accuracy on acquiring a Discrete Trial Teaching chain for support staff. Data will be presented on the various conditions designed to examine the role of fluency based approaches versus accuracy based approaches. The limitations of the current investigation and a future extension will also be presented.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #296
CSE Sun PM
Sunday, May 25, 2014
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
74. Real Advancement Independence Social Skills and Empowerment (RAISE): An Employment Program for Adults With ASD
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
ANN BEIRNE (Global Autism Project)
Abstract: Meaningful employment is certainly a valuable goal for adults with disabilities. However, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics 2010 population survey, only 21% of all adults with disabilities participate in the work force. The Global Autism Project's adjunct program, Real Advancement Independence Social Skills and Empowerment (RAISE) is an employment and coaching program whose mission is to prepare adults with autism for employment by teaching social skills relevant to employment and independence in work tasks. The Global Autism Project currently hires employees participating in this program and has seen the benefits of supported employment for both the employees and company. RAISE, therefore, seeks to develop training for use by other companies in the private sector. Responsibilities of RAISE employees range from simple errands (including banking and office inventory) to managing company contacts and spreadsheets. Such responsibilities require that individuals develop skills such as following complex instructions independently and managing tasks efficiently. Benefits to RAISE participants include increased social opportunities, increased income and opportunities for both national and international travel. Support for RAISE participants is described in this poster.
 
75. Increasing Engagement and Indices of Happiness in Adults With Psychological Disorders
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
HENRY AU (St. Cloud State University), Chaturi Edrisinha (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: Individuals with disabilities often show deficits in prerequisite skills needed to participate in leisure activities at a level similar to same age normal functioning peers (Dattilo & Schleien, 1994). Additionally, individuals diagnosed with psychological disorders such as schizophrenia suffer from cognitive impairments that prevent them from functioning successfully in community settings, often leading to social isolation (Medalia, Reyheim, & Casey, 2001). Based on past research on the instruction of leisure skills and the development of a Happiness Index used to measure indices of happiness (Favell, Realon, & Sutton, 1996), the current study examined how photography was taught to three adult participants with various psychological disorders using a task analysis with structured prompting and reinforcement strategies. An ABAB single-subject experimental design was then applied to examine whether providing opportunities to engage in photography would increase the quality of life and indices of happiness. Results revealed that the indices of happiness and quality of life for the participants recruited in the study improved when they learned to engage in photography. Also, the participants were more motivated to become active with their lives, and allowed them to discover their strengths in other life skills.
 
76. Evaluation of the Service Offered in the Area of Special Education: A Student Perspective
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
Patricia Plancarte (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), ORTEGA SILVA PATRICIA (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Abstract: In the area of the health frequently spoken about the evaluation of a service offered to the community, where the main interest of this is to benefit the patient's health and successfully meet the expectations of the people. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the special education services offered at the University Clinic of Integral Health (CUSI), from the point of view provided by the students of the psychology and suggest alternatives to improve quality. 30 students were interviewed using a questionnaire as an assessment tool, which yielded information related to: general data, characteristics service, and suggestions to improve the service. The results showed that 66 % of students know what to do with intervention programs, even though they recognize that the facilities are not well suited. Intervention programs were successful considering the results of the post-evaluation of children. The work with parents was satisfactory with 94 % of cases and 90 % of cases were progress in the development of the users.
 
77. Classroom Projects to Motivate Student Involvement in Behaviorally-Based Community Initiatives
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
FORREST TOEGEL (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Bryan Yanagita (University 0f Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Elizabeth Kerber (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract: Undergraduates are required to learn about research methodologies in one or more targeted courses; with requirements focused on students conceiving of and subsequently implementing research protocols. While several projects involve sophisticated and potentially fruitful research ideas, many do not meet this objective. Whats more, conception of project ideas often are of primary focus, when undergraduates often could benefit from increased exposure to research strategies and controlling for confounding variables in well-conceived projects. Furthermore, a good majority of projects do little to improve human affairs. In attempt to address these issues and meet learning needs, our EAB course has been allotting credit for implementing small-scale community initiatives. Three projects have been implemented over the past year: two are behavioral-economics-based interventions assessing how decreasing response cost can improve behaviors society generally applauds (increasing paper recycling in professors offices, increasing fruit/vegetable consumption in college cafeterias); a third has been increasing reinforcement on a molecular level by introducing fun manipulations across-campus and measuring those best picked up via cultural selection. These projects have sustained high extra-curricular involvement and can provide students with an increased understanding of research intricacies while also providing benefits to society.
 
78. Effects of Culturally Relevant, Multi-Media Integrated Social Skill Instruction With Parent Collaboration
Area: CSE; Domain: Basic Research
ALICIA BROPHY (University of North Carolina, Wilmington)
Abstract: Students with or at-risk for behavioral disorders often exhibit significantly deficient social skills essential to successfully interact with adults and peers (Merrell, Sanders, & Popinga, 1993). Through social skills instruction, it is possible to facilitate student success within the school environment and enhance students' post-school outcomes (Gresham, 2002). Additionally, parental participation in children's learning can be a predictor of academic success; and interventions within the school environment have increased positive results when parents are involved (Jimerson et al., 2006; Turnbull & Turnbull, 2001). Using a multiple probe across skill sets design, this study seeks to investigate the effectiveness of a culturally relevant, multi-media social skill instruction program incorporating parental involvement on increasing the use of appropriate social skills and decreasing inappropriate behavior for participants. Results will be discussed relative to the importance of culturally responsive social skill instruction incorporating parental involvement for African American elementary students who are at-risk for academic and behavioral difficulties.
 
79. Where Cultural Values, Sustainability and Ethics Collide for the International Behavior Analyst
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
MICHELLE TURAN (University of Windsor), Kathie Shaw (A Balanced Approach), Kate Rice (Private Practice), Emily Johnson (Global Autism Project)
Abstract: Behaviour Analysts wishing to travel to foreign countries to provide needed ABA services are faced with many challenges. These can include but are not limited to: language barriers, limited resources, opposing values, systemic differences and ethical conflicts. Implementing ABA services amidst these challenges requires careful consideration of the needs and wants of the clients and their service providers and how sustainability can be maximized. This poster presentation will overview each of these concepts as they applied to a recent ABA mission to India at a school for children with developmental disabilities and autism.
 
80. Reducing Contamination in Paper Recycling Containers: Effects of Visual Prompts and Posted Feedback
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
GLORIA N. MAILLARD (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas), Daryl E. Stewart (University of North Texas), Olivia Nielsen (University of North Texas)
Abstract: According to the Environmental Protection Agency, paper waste makes up 29% of municipal solid waste and only 63% of paper used in 2010 was actually recycled by Americans. A likely contributing factor to the failure to adequately recycle paper may be contamination of paper recycling containers with non-recyclable materials. We evaluated the effects of visual prompting alone, and visual prompting plus posted feedback on measures of contamination in paper recycling bins. Participants were students, faculty, staff, and visitors who used the recycling bins in two departmental offices located on the campus of a large university. Initially, laminated paper signs indicating that the container was intended for “paper only” were attached to recycling bins in each department. Subsequently, laminated paper signs reporting the amount of contaminant present in the container from the previous day were also posted on the container. The interventions were implemented within a combination multiple baseline design across locations with reversals. The preliminary results indicated that, although a visual prompt was effective to reduce contamination, further intervention, such as daily feedback, may be necessary to more completely eliminate contamination of recycling containers.
 
81. Some Green Now or More Green Later: Exploring Discounting and Sustainability
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
JAMIE HIRSH (Western Michigan University), Mack S. Costello (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Literature on behavioral applications to sustainability has grown in the past several years, culminating with the ABAI sustainability conference in 2012. As concerns regarding the current and future state of the planet continue to grow, the need to understand the mechanisms that will help drive small- and large-scale and long-term sustainable behavior change become more critical. A necessary step in the creation of successful interventions to evoke more sustainable behavior is understanding the relationship between discounting and sustainable behavior, and their relation to impulsivity and self-control. The present study seeks to explore the relationship between discounting and sustainable behavior by looking at correlations between discounting curves calculated from a discounting questionnaire and sustainable behavior, assessed from a survey about sustainable behavior and attitudes. Data will be analyzed with respect to 4 participant groups: 1) Faculty/staff with sustainability-related affiliations, 2) faculty/staff without sustainability-related affiliations, 3) students with sustainability-related affiliations, 4) students without sustainability-related affiliations.
 
82. Comparing the Effects of Specific Prompts and Feedback on Recycling Behavior
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
LUCINDA LEWIS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Eric L. Carlson (The Chicago School - LA Campus)
Abstract: Increasing the rate and efficiency of recycling promotes sustainability by both decreasing the amount of waste going into landfills and reducing the amount of energy required to produce new products. The current study extended the findings of Larson et al. (1995) to determine if feedback with no outcome contingency would be effective at increasing recycling on a college campus and compared the effects of specific prompts with the effects of feedback in a classroom setting. The percentage of recyclable items correctly discarded in a recycling receptacle was examined across several classrooms. Participants included any personnel, staff, students, faculty, administrators, and visitors to the targeted classrooms. The use of specific prompts in this study involved signs posted on recycling and trash receptacles detailing which items the university recycled. The feedback condition involved signs that stated the percentage of recycling items from the previous day. Both the specific prompt and feedback conditions were successful at increasing recycling and showed similar results. However, the specific prompt condition slightly outperformed the feedback condition.
 
83. Experimental Analysis of Lying Interbehavior
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
VERONICA LUNA HERNANDEZ (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Christian Cruz (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Alejandro Ceron Martinez (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Leslie Valeria Briseno Zamora (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico)
Abstract:

A conceptualization of lying as a behavior has been developed within Interbehavioral Psychology. This position argues that lying involves the participation of three features: 1. the participation of at least two subjects, 2. the interaction between a concrete event and a substitute event that is not present or is not apparent in the interactive situation, that is referred by the liar, and 3. A reference to certain event functions that dont correspond with the properties of the event (Luna, 2013). Using these features as guidelines, an experimental task is developed where a situation is presented that sets the occasion for the subject to lie. The present research explore the effects of the manipulation of different dispositional factors, feedback and verbal interactions, as possible variables that may facilitate or hinder lying. Results are examined through an interbehavioral analysis of the situation.

 
84. Impact of Parent Involvement in Skill Acquisition and Maintenance in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
SEONG YEON LEE (Aisling Discoveries Child and Family Centre), Inas Ktaech (Aisling Discoveries), Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre)
Abstract: The rising prevalence and varying needs of autism spectrum disorder prompted community leaders and clinicians to develop services that are evidence-based and effective yet efficient to benefit more children and families in their communities. Toronto Autism ABA Services in Ontario, Canada, is one of those services, funded by Ontarios Ministry of Children and Youth Services. Whether the service could result in skill acquisition that can be maintained over time is a critical question, as many studies have already documented that even children who received intensive treatment often demonstrated difficulties in generalizing and maintaining acquired skills. One of the factors contributing to treatment outcomes and maintenance suggested by research is parent involvement during treatment. This study investigates potential benefits of parent involvement on childrens treatment outcomes and maintenance from short-term and group-based treatments by comparing results of 25 children with autism spectrum disorder aged between 4 and 14 years old in two treatment groups: one with mandatory parent involvement and one without. The results suggest that short-term skill building groups based on principles of applied behaviour analysis with parent involvement are cost-effective solutions to address the varying needs of individuals with autism spectrum disorder in the community.
 
85. Behavioral Overview of Daily Life
Area: CSE; Domain: Theory
Gonul Kircaali-Iftar (Professor Emeritus)
Abstract:

Although many cultures have gone through significant changes during the globalization era, one can still argue that almost all cultures have a variety of unique features. Turkish culture where I have been a member for more than 50 years has its own unique features especially when it comes to interpersonal relationships. I recently authored a book in Turkish on analyzing a variety of events of daily life throughout various settings such as schools, homes, work places, community settings, etc. in the Turkish culture. Most of these analyses are mainly based on my own experiences. I propose to share some of these experiences as well as the behavioral analyses that I offer regarding these experiences during this poster presentation. Furthermore, I would like to share the behavioral conclusions and recommendations that I offer regarding each analysis. While offering these, I will also try to introduce the most relevant behavioral concepts and define these concepts as operational as possible. At the end, I will provide a list consisting of a dozen golden rules for pursuing more successful interpersonal relationships and less problematic daily lives.

 
86. Endorsement of Free Will by Professors in the Humanities and Bench Sciences
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University), Zachary Clayborne Dietrich (Georgia Southern University)
Abstract: The belief in free will appears to be universal (Sarkissian et al, 2010). Rakos (2004) hypothesized that it is an evolutionary psychological adaptation that improved choice behavior in social situations; as an evolutionary adaptation, the belief should show consistency across various populations. To test the hypothesis, we administered the Social and Personal Belief Inventory containing the Free Will/Determinism Scale to 94 bench science professors, whose professional work assumes determinism, and 54 humanities professors, whose professional work makes no such assumption. Both professor groups strongly endorsed belief in free will, evidencing no significant difference between them despite differences in their training and study. Strength of belief was unrelated to extent of exposure to free will in their education. Factor analysis revealed four factors whereas previous research identified six factors. Professors strength of belief in free will was compared to college and high school students (Rakos et al, 2008) and found to be slightly but significantly stronger for both categories of professors. These data suggest that training and successful life experience has a small but significant impact on belief in free will, thus supporting the hypothesis that the belief is evolutionarily based and our environment can only promote marginal changes.
 
87. Hierarchy of Aggregate Products in Brazil's Law of Guidelines and Bases of the National Education
Area: CSE; Domain: Theory
IZABEL CARVALHO (UnB), Joao Claudio Todorov (Universidade de Brasilia)
Abstract: This research examined the Brazilian Law of Guidelines and Bases of the National Education as a set of rules describing contingencies and metacontingencies. Only four behavioral contingencies of reinforcement were found, all in the chapter dealing with State and family obligations with education. The law defines a general aggregate product (full development of the learner) that depends on others (preparation for citizenship and qualification for work), found in the chapter on basic education. It was observed the importance of fundamental school as the basis of education, in terms of the definitions of aggregate product, and a greater control in their execution, in terms of three-term contingencies. For the most part the law is organized as a set of hierarchies of aggregate products necessary, as a whole, in the composition of its general aggregate product.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #297
PRA Sun PM
Sunday, May 25, 2014
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
88. Phase Change Lines, Trend Lines and Scale Breaks Using Excel 2013TM
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
NEIL DEOCHAND (Western Michigan University), Mack S. Costello (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The development of graphing skills for the behavior analyst is an ongoing process. Specialized software programs are often expensive, not widely disseminated, and require specific training. Dixon et al. (2009) provided an updated task analysis (Carr and Burkholder, 1998) in the widely used platform Excel 2007. Vanselow and Bourret (2012) provided online tutorials outlining some alternate methods also using Office 2007. This poster reviews an updated task analyses with alternative and under-utilized methods in Excel 2013. Twelve psychology graduate students were presented with task analyses in this study and the experimenters’ evaluated usability and utility based on their performance and feedback. The task analyses were rated favorably.
 
89. Modified Habit Reversal and DRO to Reduce Finger Picking in a Young Male with Asperger's
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
JON SARGEANT (Elk River School District 728), Melyssa Rose McDonough (St. Cloud State University), Nicholas Weatherly (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: Self-injurious behavior is a significant problem for the person that engages in it. It can cause permanent scarring, risk of infection, and spread of blood-borne pathogens. The individual in this project was a young male who engaged in finger picking. A brief functional analysis was conducted and determined that finger picking was maintained by automatic reinforcement. A multiple baseline across classroom settings design was used which included a modified habit reversal utilizing competing response training in the form of manipulating objects, and an increasing differential reinforcement for the omission of behavior was used. Results showed that the amount of time the individual engaged in finger picking was reduced to near zero levels.
 
90. Decreasing a Middle School Boy's head Rubbing Using DRO and Token Economy
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
MELYSSA ROSE MCDONOUGH (St. Cloud State University), Jon Sargeant (Elk River School District 728), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

A modified habit reversal procedure and token economy was used as a behavior intervention protocol for a sixth grade male student who attended a mainstream middle school. The student pulled his hair and rubbed at his scalp, forming bald spots. Partial interval recording was used to assess the percent of intervals the participant engaged in head rubbing and a habit reversal procedure consisting of self monitoring and social support, along with tokens towards obtaining an electronic gaming device, was utilized to decrease the percent of intervals the individual engaged in the target behavior. Data show that implementing self-monitoring alone decreased percent of intervals of head rubbing.

 
91. Generalization of Behavioral Effects of Response Interruption and Redirection on Vocal Stereotypy
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
LAUREN ERION (University of West Florida; PAAL), D. Reed Bechtel (Bechtel Behavioral Services), Susan J. Heatter (Sue Heater), Leasha Barry (University of West Florida)
Abstract:

The effects of Response Interruption and Redirection (RIRD) were examined on the level of vocal stereotypy emitted by an adolescent boy diagnosed with autism. Sessions were conducted in a familiar school environment and a discriminative stimulus was used to program for generalization. Data were taken on immediate and subsequent levels of vocal stereotypy as well as the rate of appropriate vocalizations. Generalization probes were conducted across three community environments including a local grocery store, fitness center, and community job site. Results show decreases in vocal stereotypy but problems with generalization across environments in the absence of direct training.

 
92. Comparing PECS and Speech Generating Devices (SGD) on Mand Acquisition for Children with Autism.
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
MEGHAN MILES (University of West Florida), D. Reed Bechtel (Bechtel Behavioral Services), Susan J. Heatter (Sue Heater), Leasha Barry (University of West Florida)
Abstract: The purpose of the present study is to compare the effectiveness of Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) and speech generating devices (SGD) on the acquisition of mands for children with autism. The study will also evaluate the children’s preference for either device. Participants will be children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder that have sufficient motor skills and no significant experience with PECS or SGD. Following a preference assessment, an alternating treatment single-case design with initial baseline will be used to evaluate the effectiveness of both PECS and SGD on the acquisition of mands. A preference assessment to determine which device is preferred will be conducted similar to the intervention conditions with both AAC systems available for the child to use. Data on the acquisition of mands with each communication device, PECS and SGD, will be graphed and visually analyzed to determine with which device each participant acquired requesting skills more rapidly and which device they preferred to use.
 
93. Comparing In- Vivo Versus Video Instruction to Teach Adaptive Skills to a Child With ASD
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
ASHLEY EVERHART (University of West Florida), D. Reed Bechtel (Bechtel Behavioral Services), Susan J. Heatter (Sue Heater), Leasha Barry (University of West Florida)
Abstract: Children with autism display impairments in skills such as imitation, verbal communication, and language. The use video modeling (VM) has helped improve skills related to these deficits. The use of video modeling has been extended by trying new ways to present videos to clients to help teach functional skills. The use of VM has been a constructive and effective tool when teaching these skills to children with autism due to their preference for visual stimuli, selective attention, and avoidance of direct face-to-face interaction. This study utilized an alternating treatments design embedded in a multiple baseline across responses to compare in vivo versus video instruction on the rate of correct responses when teaching receptive identification of objects and gross motor imitation to a child with autism. It is anticipated that video instruction will more effectively increase the rate of acquisition of gross motor imitation and receptive identification compared to in vivo instruction.
 
94. Praise as a Conditioned Reinforcer: A Comparison of Two Pairing Procedures
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
JEANINE R TANZ (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Typical practice includes using praise as a consequence for desirable behavior. An implicit assumption is that social praise and other forms of social interaction function as conditioned reinforcers. If praise actually functions as a reinforcer, the contingent delivery of praise should increase the probability of and maintain consistent responding. However, there are several unknown questions that suggest praise may not function as a reinforcer as reliably and readily as practice might imply. In addition, it is important to identify a procedure that will be effective in establishing praise as a conditioned reinforcer for populations commonly used in applied behavioral research and for individuals for whom additional modes of reinforcement are necessary. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to compare two pairing procedures, stimulus-stimulus and response-stimulus pairing, in establishing praise as a conditioned reinforcer for simple target responses demonstrated by individuals with autism spectrum disorder. The pairing procedure included pairing a neutral stimulus (praise statement) with an unconditioned reinforcer (highly preferred edible) to determine if the neutral stimulus would take on the reinforcing properties of the unconditioned reinforcer, thereby becoming a conditioned reinforcer.
 
95. Evaluating Preferred Stimuli Across Assessments and Settings
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
TIFFANY N. KILBY (Florida State University), Janelle Peck (Florida State University)
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to assess preferred stimuli for a child diagnosed with autism. Therapists and family members have had difficulty identifying preferred items for this individual, which has been correlated with occurrences of problem behavior. The study utilized three preference assessments: single-stimulus, paired-stimulus, and free-operant; each was conducted across two settings (home and clinic). Results indicated that the highest preferred stimulus remained constant across preference assessments and settings, but the moderately preferred and lower preferred stimuli yielded inconsistencies. These data are valuable for practitioners when evaluating which preferred stimuli to use during sessions and across settings.
 
96. Use of a Treatment Analysis in Developing an Individualized Intervention for Decreasing Problem Behaviors During Feeding
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
MEGHAN CLAUSEN (ABACS, LLC), Amanda P. Laprime (Simmons College)
Abstract: A multi-element design was used to evaluate five interventions designed to increase the percentage of bites of novel foods consumed without problem behaviors, with an overall goal of increasing the variety of novel foods consumed. Interventions included first-then presentation, first-then presentation with a high-probability request sequence, blending of preferred and non-preferred foods, blending of preferred and non-preferred foods combined with a first-then presentation, and blending of preferred and non-preferred foods combined with a high-probability request sequence. Occurrences of food refusal, expulsion, and latency to consumption were measured to determine effectiveness of each intervention. The treatment analysis yielded differentiated results that were used to design an intervention that has effectively increased this student’s consumption of novel foods without engaging in problem behaviors in a home-based setting.
 
97. Data-Based Decision Making: The Representativeness of Continuous Measurement During Sample Intervals
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
JONATHON METZ (Bancroft), Sean Smith (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft)
Abstract: Clinical decision-making in non-behavior analytic fields is often based on parent or caregiver report or short, infrequent direct observations. While time-sampling methods offer a less demanding way to estimate behavior, they require collecting data for lengthy observation periods and the accuracy of time-sampled data remains ambiguous. The present study extends the work of Mudford et al. (1990) and Tiger et al. (2013) by evaluating the representativeness of continuously recorded sample data and determining its efficacy for clinical decision-making. Frequency data for problem behavior was continuously recorded, 24 hours a day for at least 6 months for participants with various response patterns (e.g., decreasing trends, cyclical, low and variable). Sample data was obtained by extracting 1 hour intervals from the 24 hour data and a line graph of problem behavior was created for each 1 hour sample interval. To determine the representativeness of each interval of sample of data, the researchers used visual inspection to compare each 1-hour sample graph to the 24-hour data graph at two decision points. Similar conclusions were drawn from 1-hour sample data and 24-hour continuous data for most participants.
 
98. The Effects of the Flower Therapy Program on Complying Behavior of an Elderly Woman With Dementia
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
NOBUHIRO WATANABE (Tokiwa University), Yuta Watanabe (Migawa Nursing Home), Tetsumi Moriyama (Tokiwa University)
Abstract: We worked with a 91-year-old woman with dementia who lived in a care unit of a nursing home and often refused our care. In particular, she refused to go to a restroom. Then we programmed our own flower therapy and investigated whether she could go to a restroom as requested due to the therapy. The program was based on the A-B-A-B single-participant-design. In the baseline phase, we urged her to go to the restroom as usual. In the intervention phase, we arranged the flower therapy in which we gave her an artificial flower and asked her to deck the restroom with it. The dependent variable of the study was her travelling time from living room of the care unit to the restroom. The results were as follows. The average travelling times of the first and the second baseline phases were 221 and 365 seconds respectively. Those of the first and the second intervention phases were 150 and 166 seconds respectively. We carried out the follow-up sessions after the second intervention in which the average travelling time was 129 seconds. From the results, we conclude our flower therapy program was effective for making our client with dementia comply with our request.
 
99. Treatment Outcomes of Pediatric Feeding Problems: Comparing Follow-up Services in Clinic versus Via Tele-health
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
LING-YAN YANG (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Valerie M. Volkert (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jason R. Zeleny (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Rachel Ray (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: A child is typically diagnosed with a feeding disorder when he or she fails to consume sufficient nutrients and/or calories to sustain normal nutrition and growth. Recent prevalence estimates suggest that feeding disorders occur in up to 45% and 80% of children who are typically developing or diagnosed with developmental disabilities, respectively (Chung & Kahng, 2006). Behavioral interventions are supported by substantial empirical research to treat pediatric feeding disorders. However, there are a very limited number of organizations and professionals in the country that specialize in the behavioral treatment of pediatric feeding disorders and this has created a serious issue for families pursuing treatment for their child. One viable option is to use telehealth technologies, video-conferencing platforms such as Adobe connect, to train caregivers to treat their child. Few studies to our knowledge have evaluated the effectiveness of using telehealth to treat pediatric feeding disorders using behavioral techniques and caregiver satisfaction of their teleheath experience. We compared the outcomes (e.g., oral intake, percentage of goals met, caregiver satisfaction) of children discharged from an intensive day-treatment program who received follow-up in clinic versus via telehealth. Preliminary results suggest that clinically relevant outcomes are achieved regardless of the avenue of outpatient follow-up.
 
100. Objectively Measured Versus Self-Reported Physical Activity in College Students: Implications for Research and Practice
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
ANDREW DOWNS (University of Portland), Jaqueline VanHoomissen (University of Portland), Andrew LaFrenz (Oregon State University), Deana Julka (University of Portland)
Abstract: Research suggests that physical activity levels typically decline when students transition from high school to college and a significant proportion of college students do not engage in adequate physical activity. Because the vast majority of research on physical activity conducted thus far has relied on self-report rather than objective measurements, the problem of physical inactivity in college students is likely even worse than believed. The purpose of this study was to determine the extent to which college students may overestimate their time spent engaged in moderate (MPA) or vigorous physical activity (VPA) when assessed via self-report as compared to objective measurement. Participants were 77 college students at a university in the northwest United States. Participants completed a validated self-report measure of physical activity on three separate occasions, and their actual physical activity levels were assessed continuously for two weeks via accelerometer. The vast majority of participants significantly overestimated their time spent engaged in MPA or VPA. Recent technological advances have provided researchers and professionals several new options for measuring physical activity behavior objectively, and the use of self-report in this domain can no longer be considered acceptable.
 
101. Comparing The Effects of Differential Reinforcement With Escape Extinction to Sequential Presentation With Escape Extinction, on Increasing Acceptance of Foods in Children With Food Selectivity
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE REINOSO (University of Saint Joseph), Melissa L. Olive (Applied Behavioral Strategies)
Abstract:

Food selectivity is when individuals will only eat certain types of foods based on various characteristics of those food. Having food selectivity can affect an individual's health and well being. Research has confirmed that food selectivity occurs in children with and without various developmental disabilities. Previous research has confirmed, that using reinforcement procedures in combination with escape extinction has been effective in increasing types of foods that are consumed by those individuals with food selectivity. In this research study, the researchers used shaping, and prompting in combination with escape extinction and reinforcement procedures to treat food selectivity in three participants aged two to eleven years old. The purpose of the study, was to determine if using a tangible reinforcer or sequential presentation (edible reinforcer) increased food consumption and decreased food refusal behaviors. Data was taken on the percentage of bites that participants accepted and consumed per meal, and on the frequency of refusal behaviors per meal. Two of the participants had higher rates of consumption behavior and lower rates of refusal behaviors when using sequential presentation. One participant made more progress when they were provided a play item after the new food. The results indicated, that for some individuals using sequential presentation is more effective, and for others, a tangible reinforcer is more effective at increasing acceptance and consumption of new foods for those with food selectivity.

 
102. Modifying PECS to Teach Conceptually Referenced, Core Vocabulary for Initial Symbolic Communication
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
MELINDA SNODGRASS (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine if a student with a severe intellectual disability concomitant with visual impairment could (a) learn to identify a conceptually referenced tactile symbol prior to learning symbols with concrete referents, and (b) generalize the use of a conceptually referenced tactile symbol across stimuli. For an single individual with a significant intellectual disability concomitant with visual impairment, tactile symbols were used for augmentative and alternative communication (AAC). The symbols represented the core vocabulary words "more," "done," and "new," which reference concepts, not concrete items or experiences. Modifications to Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) were made to accommodate for the participant's visual impairment and for conceptually-referenced vocabulary. A variation of a single-subject nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across three vocabulary words was used to demonstrate the effectiveness of most-to-least prompting and backward chaining to teach communication skills, and to demonstrate that he could generalized the use of a symbol to new stimuli prior to intervention.
 
103. The Effect of Attention During a Treatment Package to Decrease Problem Behavior Maintained by Positive and Negative Reinforcement
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE H. LUSTIG (The University of Iowa), Patrick Romani (The University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), James Green (The University of Iowa), Gunsung Lee (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: This investigation evaluated the role of attention within a treatment package to decrease problem behavior maintained by both positive and negative reinforcement for one participant. Following a functional analysis (conducted within a multi-element design) which identified escape, tangible, and attention functions for Diego, a 4-year old boy with disruptive behavior disorder, two versions of a treatment package were implemented within an AB design. The treatment package was conducted within a chained schedule of reinforcement. Diego was required to complete a small task (sorting colors), and upon completion was required to mand for an enriched break which consisted of gaining access to toys and attention. Noncompliance resulted in verbal prompts to work with prompts delivered on a fixed time 1 min schedule. Thus, attention was provided each minute. This version did not result in consistent reductions in problem behavior. The prompting and correction procedures (i.e., attention procedure) were then omitted and attention was provided contingent on accurate task completion without simultaneous problem behavior. This version resulted in increases in task completion and decreases in problem behavior. Interobserver agreement was calculated for 42% of sessions and equaled 93%.
 
104. Practice of Consultation for the Support of the Adults Indicated Severe Behavior Problem in the Institutions for the People With Intellectual Disability
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
AKIKO KURAMITSU (Fukuoka University of Education), Yukihiro Noguchi (seinangakuin university)
Abstract: In this study, we implemented the consultation program of the support for the severe behavior problems indicated by the adults in four institutions for the people with Intellectual Disability. First author visited each institution as a consultant once a week, lectured the staffs of each institution on the knowledge and skills about the support based on Applied Behavior Analysis, gave advice about the support plan to reduce behavioral problems indicated by the adults in each institution, and conducted feedback to the support records that the staffs wrote. The dependent variables were the score of the knowledge of Applied Behavior Analysis of the staffs tested before and after the program and the frequency of occurrence of problem behavior of the target adults of all institutions, and we studied the effect of the consultation program. As a result, the improvement of the knowledge of Applied Behavior Analysis of the most of the staffs was shown, and the behavioral problems of the most of the target adults in all institutions were improved. Therefore, the effectiveness of the consultation program was suggested.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #298
DDA Sun PM
Sunday, May 25, 2014
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
105. Measuring Behavior-Environment Contingencies in Classrooms: An Application of Contingency Space Analysis
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JOHANNA STAUBITZ (Vanderbilt University), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Problem behavior is prevalent among school-age children with developmental disabilities. This prevalence highlights the continuing need for identifying the most appropriate and efficient methods of behavioral assessment and treatment in educational settings. Experimental functional analysis remains the gold standard method of identifying the contingencies that maintain problem behavior. Descriptive assessments, however, may be used to measure behavior-environment contingencies in natural settings. These descriptive data may be used to identify hypotheses and design efficient experimental analyses. Lloyd, Kennedy, and Yoder (2013) evaluated a method of measuring contingencies known as Contingency Space Analysis (CSA). Using simulated data, authors demonstrated the potential biases that can result from using only a subset of observational data in which at least one of two events under investigation (e.g., problem behavior and instruction delivery) are coded (non-exhaustive approach). To extend this demonstration, we applied two methods of contingency measurement (non-exhaustive CSA and exhaustive CSA) to a series of classroom observations for four students with developmental disabilities and problem behavior. Results highlight potential problems associated with the common practice of limiting data analysis to intervals in which problem behavior occurs.
 
106. Effects of Interdependent Group-Oriented Contingency Programs in a Japanese Regular Classroom
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KAYO IWAMOTO (University of Tsukuba), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of interdependent group-oriented contingency interventions on the frequency of on-task and disruptive behaviors of elementally school students in three third-grade classes. Each targeted class had 32 students and included a student who has developmental disabilities. Target behaviors or dependent variables were on-task behaviors (sitting down at one's desk and placing one's school satchel in the locker at classroom until 8:15) and disruptive behaviors (e.g. talking without permission). In two of three targeted classes, on-task behaviors increased and disruptive behaviors decreased for all students in each class, including those with disabilities, as a result of the interdependent group-oriented contingency interventions. In one of three classes, the intervention plans could not produce positive behavior changes for a student with disabilities. Then, we conducted functional assessment for the student's disruptive behaviors and planed interventions based on the results of the assessment information. The results of this study were discussed in terms of the relationship between group-oriented interventions and three-tiered prevention model for school wide positive behavior support.
 
107. A Comparison of Remote Monitoring and Direct Observations on Improving Independent Living Skills
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TODD ALLEN MERRITT (The University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (The University of Kansas), James A. Sherman (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: An increasing number of people with intellectual and developmental disabilities have opportunities to live in apartments and homes in the community with assistance from other people. The purpose of this research was to examine whether a remote video monitoring system with cameras linked to an off-site facility, in conjunction with a token system, could be used to maintain a high level of cleanliness of three apartments. Two people with intellectual and developmental disabilities lived in each apartment. Data were recorded daily in the apartments using the video monitoring system as well as direct observations. The token system was implemented in each of the homes within a multiple baseline design. Results indicated that the video monitoring system and the token system helped participants maintain a moderate level of cleanliness of the apartments, but due to the clarity of the videos, participants maintained a higher level of cleanliness when direct observations were used as compared to the video monitoring system. Video monitoring systems may aid in the implementation of some interventions, but certain behaviors may require direct observations to ensure precise and valid measurement.
 
108. Sequential Stimulus Pairing Training for Kanji Writing in Students With Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CHIHIRO KADOYA (Keio University), Mikimasa Omori (Keio University), Jun-ichi Yamamoto (Keio University)
Abstract: Japanese students with developmental disabilities often exhibit difficulties in Kanji (ideogram) writing, and in acquiring the equivalence relations between pictures, written words, and sounds. Previous research suggested that students with developmental disabilities could acquire reading and writing skills through CRMTS(constructional response matching-to-sample) training that stimuli appeared separately and sequentially. Other research suggested that SP (stimulus paring) training facilitated the acquisition of Kanji reading. However, little had been reported on the effect of SP training for Kanji writing. In this study, we examined the acquisition and maintenance of Kanji writing skills through sequential SP (SSP) training using corresponding pictures for four students with developmental disabilities. In SP (SSP) training, left and right parts of Kanji appeared separately and sequentially, and then whole Kanji appeared. We prepared stimulus pairs consisting of picture stimuli that the students could name along with a corresponding Kanji character that they could not write. All students successfully acquired and maintained the Kanji writing and reading through this procedure. These findings suggest that SSP training may facilitate not only Kanji writing but also reading. Because it requires less motor responses, SSP training can be more easily applied for the students having difficulties of fine motor movement than CRMTS.
 
109. Reduction of Head Banging By Increasing Activity Level
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KIMBERLY M. SMITH (Quest, Inc.)
Abstract: This study was conducted in a group home environment. The individual in this study engaged in head banging behavior to the extent of having a permanent, large calloused area on her forehead. She would engage in these behaviors when she was alone or in a position where she could sit and fold her body in half to have her forehead make contact with her legs or ankles. Redirection strategies to preferred activities were used to reduce the frequency of head banging. This individual also engaged in tantrum behavior and aggression towards others.
 
110. Examining the Use of Multiple Schedules for Behavior Maintained by Negative Reinforcement
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CLAUDIA CAMPOS (Florida International University), Yanerys Leon (Florida International University)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is often used as a treatment for problem behavior when functional analysis results indicate a social function. FCT consists of delivering the functional reinforcer contingent on an alternative response, while withholding the reinforcer for problem behavior (i.e., extinction). One limitation of FCT is once the alternative response is taught individuals may emit the response at high rates or inappropriate times; therefore schedule thinning is often necessary. Previous research has demonstrated multiple schedules are preferred over other methods of schedule thinning because they maintain low levels of problem behavior while maintaining appropriate levels of the communication response. However, to date, no research has examined the use of multiple schedules for behavior maintained by negative reinforcement. This study examined the use of a multiple schedule with alternating FR1 / extinction components to thin the schedule of negative reinforcement during discrete trial sessions with two male subjects. The multiple schedule produced low rates of problem behavior for both participants. However, additional treatment components (i.e., positive reinforcement for compliance, blocking) were necessary to decrease the rate of mands during the extinction interval.
 
111. Improving Health Care Self-Advocacy Skills by Increasing Knowledge of Medications
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
REBECA TORRES (Bancroft), Meghan Brennan (Bancroft), Lauren F. Troy (Bancroft)
Abstract: Access to and self-advocacy in health care is an important piece to an overall positive quality of life for all individuals. Unfortunately, individuals' with intellectual disabilities access to health care is often adversely affected by a lack of communication skills (Lennox et.al., 2004) or a lack of knowledge about medications and medication adherence (De Maria et.al., 2011). Due to safety concerns, medications are often administered to individuals with disabilities with minimal focus on teaching skills. Teaching individuals with disabilities information about their medications, however, may allow them to take a more active role in their health care and be an important piece in improving overall quality of life. The purpose of the current study was to determine if teaching adolescents with intellectual disabilities to identify the names and important facts about their medications generalized to answering questions from medical professionals. A modified multiple probe design was used to evaluate the effects of teaching on medication names, doses, times, and reasons for the prescription. Results indicate that learning about medications did allow adolescents with intellectual disabilities to become more independent and accurate in their conversations with medical professionals.
 
112. Measurement of Between-Session Responding during Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ANTHONY CONCEPCION (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kevin J. Schlichenmeyer (Eunice Kennedy Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School  ), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Natalie Rolider (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Shari M. Pincus (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), William V. Dube (Eunice Kennedy Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School  )
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) of problem behavior has become the gold standard of both clinical practice and research (Iwata, Hanley, & McCord, 2003). Therefore, recent research on FA has focused on how to make this procedure more efficient and accurate. One recommendation, from this literature, is to conduct FA conditions in a fixed sequence to maximize motivating operations and control for carryover (Hammond et al., 2013). One issue with this fixed sequence is that the patient may engage in problem behavior prior or subsequent to FA conditions, due to carryover, the presence of antecedent and consequent events between sessions, or multiple schedule contrast (Williams, Saunders, & Perone, 2011). In the current study, we conducted a descriptive assessment (DA) of problem behavior between FA conditions for patients admitted to a hospital inpatient unit that treats severe behavior disorders. Results indicate that problem behavior occurred between FA sessions in 50% of assessments. Results of the DA indicated that contingencies in the FA may occasion problem behavior between FA sessions and that problem behavior may be exacerbated by multiple schedule contrast.
 
113. Test-Control Functional Analysis for Problem Behaviors Maintained by Combined Positive and Negative Reinforcement Contingencies
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CRAIG STROHMEIER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ashley Murphy (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Recent research has highlighted the importance of modifying functional analysis conditions to isolate relevant antecedent and consequent events that occasion problem behaviors (Schlichenmeyer et al, 2013). In this study, a standard functional analysis (Iwata et al, 1982/1994) yielded inconclusive results for a 12 year-old boy who demonstrated self-injurious, aggressive, and disruptive behaviors. Descriptive assessment informed a test-control functional analysis. Results of the test-control functional analysis suggested that interrupting access to a tangible and presenting a demand evoked problem behaviors maintained by avoidance of the demand and continued access to the tangible. An ABAB reversal design showed immediate reductions in problem behaviors during treatment, in comparison to baseline. Additionally, the patient demonstrated stable rates of functional communication when provided with a card to request brief continued access to a highly preferred tangible, before completing a demand. Reliability data were collected during 70% of initial functional analysis sessions (Mean agreement = 98.37%, range = 94.15% to 100%) and 80% of treatment evaluation sessions (Mean agreement = 99.28%, range = 94.44% to 100%). We discuss results of the analysis and treatment in the context of designing test-control functional analyses for problem behaviors maintained by combined positive and negative reinforcement contingencies.
 
114. A Comparison of Topography and Selection-Based Verbal Behavior: The Importance of Conditional Discrimination and Motor Imitation Skills
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MEGHAN BRENNAN (Bancroft), Lauren F. Troy (Bancroft)
Abstract: Increasing verbal behavior for individuals with developmental disabilities can result in improved access to reinforcers and social interactions, and decreased problem behavior. Topography-based and selection-based were two distinct types of verbal behavior described by Michael (1985). Praise and criticism of both have been expressed, and research does not currently provide a clear answer on which is better for individuals with disabilities. Adkins and Axelrod (2002) showed that selection-based verbal behavior was more effective than topography-based verbal behavior. Other studies showed mixed findings with one participant having more success with PECS (selection-based verbal behavior) and one participant having more success with sign language (topography-based verbal behavior) (Tincani, 2004). The purpose of the present study was to examine the differences between PECS and sign language with two children diagnosed with autism. The two modalities were evaluated with an alternating treatments design. The study also addressed one area of the debate surrounding these communication modalities: potential prerequisite conditional discrimination and motor imitation skills. A pre-test was completed for both participants assessing these prior to the treatment sessions. The results demonstrated that both participants were more successful with the selection-based communication modality, and there is a possible correlation between prerequisite skills and this success.
 
115. Examination of Within-Session Responding during Single Stimulus Engagement Assessments
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY ROOTES-MURDY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Gregory Young (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), John M. Huete (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Single stimulus engagement (SSE) preference assessments involve evaluating the duration of an individual’s engagement with items (Hagopian, Rush, Lewin & Long, 2001). Severe problem behavior (SPB) data sometimes are collected to determine if engagement impacts the occurrence of SPB. The percent of item engagement and, if measured, the occurrence of SPB, is examined across the entire session to identify items associated with high rates of engagement and low occurrence of SPB. In the present study, SSE within-session data for 3 participants (2 females, 1 male) ages 2 to 12 years were examined to determine if SPB occurred during item engagement. Results of the SSEs were recalculated by comparing percent of item engagement to frequency of SPB that occurred concurrent to item engagement, as opposed to SPB for the entire session. Results showed that stimuli with high engagement sometimes were associated with higher rates of simultaneous SPB and engagement. In two of three cases, the order of item preference was altered when using the within-session adjustment. These results provide a rationale for examining within-session responding for SSE assessments, as opposed to only whole-session responding, when the occurrence of SPB is a consideration for item preference selection.
 
116. Descriptive Analyses of Emesis, Gagging, and Coughing During A Caregiver-Conducted Meal
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
VIVIAN IBANEZ (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract: Descriptive analyses have been used to observe food refusal directly under naturally occurring conditions. Although a history of emesis and health concerns related to emesis (e.g., reflux, food allergies) may be associated with food refusal, emesis has not been the focus of previous descriptive analyses. Emesis it is not an ideal response to evaluate using functional analyses due to potential health risks, and may be more suited for evaluation as it naturally occurs. Thus, the purpose of the current study was to evaluate emesis, gagging, and coughing via descriptive analyses by conducting conditional probability analyses to evaluate the most common caregiver responses following these responses. To date, one two-year-old female admitted to an intensive feeding program, has participated. Gagging and coughing were included given that these responses may be precursors to emesis. Results showed that tangible access and various forms of attention (concern and comfort) were the most likely events observed following emesis. Spoon removal also occurred frequently following emesis, although the probability of spoon removal was quite high overall. Threats, meal termination, and access to preferred foods or drinks were not observed.
 
117. An Evaluation of Different Magnitudes of Differential Negative Reinforcement to Treat Food Selectivity
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
COURTNEY MAUZY (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Diane Berth (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jonathan V. Mariano (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Lindsay E. Gordon (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Given the role of negative reinforcement (escape) in the maintenance of food refusal and the effectiveness of escape extinction as treatment, it is surprising that little attention has been given to the effects of escape as reinforcement for appropriate mealtime behavior during treatment. We examined the effects of different magnitudes of negative reinforcement (30-s or 90-s break) for appropriate mealtime behavior (mouth clean, a product measure of swallowing) to treat the food selectivity of a child diagnosed with a feeding disorder. We compared the effectiveness of the different magnitudes of reinforcement with and without escape extinction using a combined multi-element and reversal design. Interobserver agreement was conducted on 80% of sessions and was above 80%. Food consumption increased only when escape extinction was implemented. The different magnitudes of reinforcement resulted in modest differences in the acquisition of appropriate mealtime behaviors (bite acceptance and mouth clean) when combined with escape extinction.
 
118. Improving Functional Communication Training Using Multiple Schedules
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JAMIE JONES (Affiliate), Wayne W. Fisher ( Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  ), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Angie Christine Querim (Ball State University), Todd M. Owen (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: When a functional analysis (FA) implicates that destructive behavior is socially reinforced, functional communication training (FCT) is the most frequently prescribed and most effective function-based treatment (Tiger & Hanley, 2008). However, FCT has limitations including high rates of requests for reinforcement (e.g., requesting to escape every directive) and difficulty delivering reinforcement immediately upon request (e.g., requesting attention when an adult is changing an infant sibling). When Hagopian et al. (1998) used reinforce-schedule thinning to address the limitations to FCT, they found FCT + extinction (FCTE) was ineffective in 14 of 25 applications, thus necessitating the addition of a punishment component (FCTP). To eliminate the punishment component, the current study used a multiple schedule signal when the communication response would (Sr+) and would not (EXT) produce reinforcement during the FCT (mult-FCT), then the current study thinned the reinforcement schedule by 80% by lengthening the duration of the EXT component. As the attached figure indicates, results obtained with mult-FCT were comparable to FCTP + fading and superior to FCTE + fading as reported in Hagopian et al. The current results illustrate how stimulus control methods (e.g. a multiple schedule signal) can improve function-based treatments such as FCT.
 
119. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Problem Behavior in Children With Fragile X Syndrome
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MICHELLE D. CHIN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mariana I. Castillo Irazabal (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ashley Robinson (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: More than 50% of children with Fragile X syndrome (FXS) exhibit behavior problems such as aggression and self-injury (Bailey et al., 2008). Biological mechanisms are typically used to explain such problem behavior (Hall, Lightbody, & Reiss, 2008). Recently, Langthorne and colleagues (2011) used functional analyses (FA; Iwata et al., 1982/1994) to examine environmental variables maintaining problem behavior exhibited by 8 children with FXS. FA results indicated that problem behavior was maintained by escape and/or access to tangible items in all cases. The present study extends Langthorne et al.s findings by including outcomes of both FAs and function-based treatments for severe problem behavior in children with FXS. Participants were 11 individuals, ages 6-20 years, admitted to inpatient or outpatient programs for treatment of severe behavior problems (2 participants had multiple admissions). Consistent with Langthorne et al., escape and access to tangibles were the most common identified functions (see Table 1). Mands functions (Bowman et al., 1997) were identified in 3 cases and attention functions were identified in 3 cases. Function-based treatments produced an 85% or greater reduction in problem behavior in nearly all cases. Implications of these findings for early intervention for behavior problems in children with FXS will be discussed.
 
120. Improving the Quality of Behaviour Support Plans Through Service Development
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
JILL CHAPLIN (Nothumberland Tyne & Wear National Health Service Trust), Richard P. Hastings (University of Warwick), Stephen J. Noone (Bangor University)
Abstract: Behavior Support Plans (BSPs) are an important tool in the delivery of interventions for people with intellectual disabilities and challenging behavior. Considerable clinical effort and resources in services are invested in BSP development. Although there is existing research on BSP quality, few studies have addressed the outcomes of attempts to improve BSP quality in applied settings. In the present study, we evaluated the quality of the BSPs for 81 adults with intellectual disabilities and severe challenging behavior before and after the implementation of a coherent service development plan (SDP) informed by previous research and an initial audit. Using the Behavior Support Plan Quality Evaluation II (BSP-QEII; Browning-Wright, Saren & Mayer, 2003), we found significant improvements in BSP quality over time (p=<0.001). However, the proportion of BSPs rated as good after the implementation of the SDP was still very small. The service developments require longer to bed in and/or amended implementation to improve the proportion of BSPs rated as higher quality.
 
121. A Comparison of Assessments: Interventions Based on Results of Functional Behavior Assessments vs. Functional Analyses
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TISHA L DENTON (Arizona Centers for Comprehensive Education and Life Skills  ), Jessica Molloy (Arizona Centers for Comprehensive Education and Life Skills), Laura Milstrey (Arizona Centers for Comprehensive Education and Life Skills  )
Abstract: The current study will compare the reduction of problem behaviors, treatment integrity, and social validity between interventions developed from two differing assessment methodologiesfunctional behavior assessment (FBA) and functional analysis (FA) (Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman, 1994) for six special needs students, ranging from 6 to 21 years of age. Students have been diagnosed with one or more developmental disabilities and are functioning significantly below grade level. All assessments, and interventions developed thereof, were conducted in a special education private day school. Three of the six students were assessed using FBA methodology and the three remaining students were assessed using FA methodology. Treatments, based off of the results from each respective assessment, were developed for students and implemented by teachers, therapists (speech language pathologists, occupational therapists, and physical therapists), and paraprofessionals. The researchers predict interventions developed from the results of FAs will have a greater reduction of problem behaviors, higher treatment integrity, and more social validity than those developed from FBA results. Results will show which interventions, if any, demonstrate a greater reduction of problem behaviors, higher treatment integrity, and more social validity.
 
122. An Application of Picture Exchange Communication System Protocol™ to Apple® iPad® Based Communication Training
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Catherine B. Simms (University of Florida), BRANDON PEREZ (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: As a result of individuals with developmental disabilities displaying limited verbal repertoires, technologies, such as the Apple® iPad®, are being adapted to accommodate these individuals. However, research on iPad® based communication training has been limited. Therefore, the present study applied the thoroughly researched Picture Exchange Communication System Protocol™ (PECS) to training using the iPad® and ProloQuo2Go®. A multiple baseline design across preferred items was used in the evaluation. Subjects were three individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder, aged 4-15, receiving services in either a campus based research clinic or a local public school for children with disabilities. Training was conducted with both edible and leisure items for PECS™ phases 1-3 (through the mand training phases only). The PECS™ training protocol, adapted for use with the iPad®, was successful in producing a mand repertoire in all three subjects. Therefore, this protocol would be a suitable method of teaching iPad® based communication. Future research could examine the utility of other iPad® based communication applications in addition to ProloQuo2Go®.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #299
AUT Sun PM
Sunday, May 25, 2014
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
123. Social Skills Training for Children with ASD: Examining Naturalistic Teaching Procedures in Analog School Settings
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LORI BETH VINCENT (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Jennifer M. Asmus (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Gregory L. Lyons (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Tiffany Born (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Vanessa Schwartz (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Megan Willes (University of Wisconsin-Madison)
Abstract: Previous research has suggested that applied behavior analysis (ABA) based social skills training for children with ASD is more effective and produces increased generalization of skills when implemented in natural versus analog school settings. It is unclear, however, if this difference in effectiveness is a result of the setting or the intervention procedures commonly used in each setting. The current study utilized a multiple baseline across participants design to examine whether social skills intervention practices commonly employed in natural environments are effective when conducted in analog school settings. Five students with ASD who were included in general education classrooms within public elementary schools (kindergarten through 2nd grade) participated. Observation data were collected on the social interactions of each student with ASD and general education peers in the analog setting and three generalization settings within the school. Following training and with ongoing coaching, special education teachers and assistants implemented the intervention daily for ten weeks. Results from the current study provide evidence related to the effectiveness of naturalistic behavioral intervention strategies when implemented in analog settings. Fidelity of implementation and social validity as reported by stakeholders will also be presented.
 
124. Speak Up! Shaping Vocal Volume in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHERRY FORZLEY (Partnership for Behavior Change; Ball State University), Sorah Stein (Partnership for Behavior Change)
Abstract: Children mastered vocal skills more rapidly when they learned through shaping (Newman et al., 2009). Vocal volumes that are too loud or too quiet impair communication in social and academic settings, thus are less likely serve the function of accessing needs & wants. We identified three males diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder with fundamental mand, tact, and intraverbal repertoires (Skinner, 1957) whose volume was either too loud or too quiet for functional, social interactions and to further enhance their verbal behavior. Using the app, Decibel 10th to measure volume, we established a range for communicative speech (70db - 90db) and then collected baseline data, which indicated that one child consistently vocalized below 70dB, the second child vocalized between 45dB and 85dB, and the third child vocalized using appropriate volumes, however, he reads, and at times, speaks at volumes greater than 90dB, therefore we included him in the intervention. The treatment phase incorporated imitating familiar sounds, tacting familiar items, using familiar intraverbals and reading aloud with visual feedback provided by the app, displayed on the therapists smartphone. Once mastery criteria are reached, progress will include generalization into home, social, and educational settings.
 
125. On Establishing Response Diversity in Leisure and Daily Routines in an Individual With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AIMEE KIDDER (New England Center for Children), Jessica L. Sassi (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: One of the defining characteristics of autism spectrum disorders is difficulty tolerating variations in established routines (Hertzig & Shapiro, 1990). This study evaluates the use of lag reinforcement schedules and a training procedure to promote response variability in a 17 year-old male diagnosed with autism. During baseline, reinforcement was delivered contingent on trial completion, regardless of response topography (variability). During lag reinforcement sessions, reinforcement was delivered contingent on the task arrangement differing from that of the previous trial. A multiple baseline across responses design was used to assess the effects of treatment and possible generalization across responses. Data show that during all baseline sessions, response topography was invariant. Introduction of the lag schedule alone was ineffective in promoting response diversity until a training procedure that consisted of a pre-session forced exposure (physical guidance to complete varied topographies of the target response) was introduced in conjunction with the lag schedule. To date, the lag schedule with training has resulted in increased variability for the two targeted responses and generalization to one alternate task has been noted; topographies of two other responses are unchanged. Interobserver agreement data have been collected for 36.9% of sessions and equals 100%.
 
126. Establishing Stimulus Control: A Component Analysis
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMI J. ROURKE (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kari J. Adolf (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nitasha Dickes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Multiple schedules have been used as a means of decreasing the amount of functional communication responding during periods in which reinforcement is not available without compromising the strength of the response-reinforcer relation. Despite these advantages, limited research has been aimed at identifying which componentsaside from schedule-correlated stimuliare necessary or sufficient to establish discriminative control over mands. As a notable exception, Betz, Fisher, Roane, Mintz, and Owen (2013) showed that gradual schedule thinning was not necessary to maintain discriminated responding under lean multiple schedules. These authors hypothesized that repeated exposure to shifts in the contingencies with their correlated stimuli (e.g., 10 alternations between 45-s periods of reinforcement and 15-s periods of extinction) may be important for establishing stimulus control. In the current study, we used a multiple baseline design across signals to evaluate the effects of rapid alternations of the signals as well as other procedural variations on the establishment of stimulus control. One participant diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorder and a history of excessive manding participated. Despite repeated exposure to sessions consisting of 60 s of reinforcement in the presence of an Sd and 240 s of extinction in the presence of an S^, stimulus control was not established until the components of the multiple schedule were rapidly alternated within session. Like Betz et al., once discriminated responding was obtained at shorter durations gradual thinning was not necessary.
 
127. Training and Evaluation for Reporting with Three-word Utterances in a Student With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SAWAKO KAWAMINAMI (Graduate School of Comprehensive Human Sceinces), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba)
Abstract: The present study examined procedures of teaching functional reporting with three-word utterances in a boy with autism spectrum disorder.Following an instruction of a listener,the boy was required to walk to the display monitor,observe a video picture,walk back,and report it.After he was able to report what he saw with three-word utterances,generalization probes across persons,stimuli,and settings were assessed.In addition,for the purpose of evaluating communication functions of his reporting,we designed to provide opportunities to repair communication breakdowns by introducing Nonacknowledgmentconditions.Five months later,we re-examined the effect of these training.The result indicated that he was able to report what he saw with three-word utterances in generalization and maintenance probes,and he also showed spontaneously attention-getting behaviors to the listener during attention-getting conditions.Moreover,we found that he tried to look other trainer to share his attention without training.We discussed the effectiveness of training procedures to facilitate reporting as functional communication skills.
 
128. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Rumination in a Child With Autism Using DRI and NCR
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
COREY MILES COHRS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Ray Burke (The Prevention Group)
Abstract: Rumination is characterized by the regurgitation, rechewing, and reswallowing of previously ingested food. Although the prevalence of chronic rumination remains relatively low, if left untreated chronic rumination may lead to serious health concerns and complications. In the current study a functional analysis conducted in a school setting suggested that rumination exhibited by a young child diagnosed with autism was multiply maintained by attention and automatic reinforcement. Next, teachers were trained to deliver social reinforcement contingent upon incompatible behavior for a forty five minute period following lunch. Following which, a preference assessment with various edibles was conducted, in order to identify one suitable for a variable time delivery. Subsequent conditions compared the effectiveness of DRI relative to DRI with an NCR schedule. The effects were replicated and finally, the effects of an NCR schedule alone were assessed. The combined DRI and NCR intervention and the NCR schedule alone resulted in the most stable reduction of rumination.
 
129. An Evaluation of Existing and Novel Mands Used During Functional Communication Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY MATTER (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Rebcca Getachew (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: When selecting an alternative response to reinforce during functional communication training, clinicians may prefer to select an existing response rather than a novel response, given that training the former likely results in more rapid acquisition (Winborn et al., 2002). However, previous studies have demonstrated higher rates of problem behavior are associated with existing responses (Derby et al., 1998; Winborn et al., 2002). In the current study, participants were two boys diagnosed with autism admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. The participants were first taught to communicate for a toy or attention using an existing response (i.e., vocal) and three novel responses (e.g., a vocal output device) via a brief 20-trial assessment. The novel response that the participants could communicate with the least amount of prompting was chosen for further evaluation. The existing and novel responses were then assessed using a reversal design. Afterward, the schedule of reinforcement was thinned for both responses. Preference for either response was identified using a concurrent schedules design. Results of the study demonstrated that for both participants, problem behavior decreased significantly with both responses and that both participants preferred the novel response over the existing response.
 
130. A Comparison of the Influence of Instructions on Vocal Stereotypy and Immediate Echolalia With a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANDREA CLEMENTS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  ), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Many children with autism spectrum disorders engage in vocal stereotypy, including echolalia. Engaging in these behaviors may interfere with a childs performance on academic tasks (e.g., intraverbal training), by affecting the childs ability to attend to discriminative stimuli and controlling prompts. In the current investigation an antecedent manipulation was evaluated to determine the influence of instructions on vocal stereotypy. For this participant, vocal stereotypy appeared to be evoked when the therapist instructed him to display ready behavior (i.e., hands in lap, quietly looking toward the therapist). Vocal stereotypy and latency to ready behavior were compared across two conditions. In the vocal instruction condition, the child was prompted using a least-to-most prompting procedure following the vocal instruction, Show me youre ready. In the non-vocal instruction condition, the child was prompted using non-vocal cues (e.g., leaning forward, gesture prompts, physical guidance). Results indicated that the participant displayed lower levels of vocal stereotypy and shorter latencies to ready behavior in the non-vocal relative to the vocal instruction condition. This evaluation may be useful for other children that exhibit vocal stereotypy evoked by similar environmental stimuli.
 
131. Use of a Group Picture Activity Schedule to Teach Interactive Play Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMIE I. HAHN (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Interactive play is a challenge for many children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). A variety of interventions have proven effective in teaching these skills to children with ASD, however, meaningful interactions with peer models are often absent (Partington & Sunberg, 1999). The current study expanded on the literature regarding activity schedules (McClannahan & Krantz, 1999, McClannahan & Krantz, 2005) by using a modified activity schedule to support interactive play between a child with ASD and a neuro-typical peer. The two participants were simultaneously taught to follow an activity schedule designed to support cooperative play and reciprocal interaction between two individuals. The target actions included; greetings and farewells, making eye contact, commenting, playing within a close proximity to one another, and cooperatively playing (turn taking) with a shared toy. A multiple baseline design across three activity scenarios was used to evaluate the effects of the group activity schedule. The results indicated that social interactions, eye contact, and play skills increased and generalized to novel activities.
 
132. The Effects of Preference Assessment Type on Problem Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SARA BETH RAWLINGS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Texas Tech University), Casey L. Allen (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kristi E. Jeffery (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to compare three common preference assessment procedures to determine which results in both identification of a reinforcer and low rates of problem behavior during the assessment, while controlling for the duration of access to the items. This study was conducted with four participants admitted to an inpatient hospital for the treatment of severe problem behavior. Past research has shown that individuals with problem behavior maintained by access to tangible items may engage in higher rates of problem behavior during paired stimulus (PS) and multiple-stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments. A multielement design was used to compare problem behavior during the PS, MSWO, and free operant (FO) preference assessments when the time with access to the item was kept constant across all assessments. A second observer collected data for 48% of sessions, with an average of 97.67% (range 80%-100%) interobserver agreement. Results indicated that the PS and MSWO preference assessments produced higher rates of problem behavior than the FO and required more time to achieve the same preference hierarchy.
 
133. Successful Inclusion of Non-Verbal Students with ASD in a Classroom: Literature review
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
SHRADDHA MACWAN (Hofstra University Alumni)
Abstract:

Federal laws require schools to provide research-based practices to students within the Least Restrictive Environment (LRE). It inevitably becomes the classroom teachers responsibility to ensure that students with ASD are provided with education derived from research-based interventions. When it comes to learning, all children have unique needs and different styles of learning. Children with ASD (particularly non-verbal students) present needs that may be particularly challenging for teachers to deal with, especially when they lack the skills and experience needed to overcome these challenges. As all students have the right to quality education, all teachers must be well equipped for the job of teaching these young minds. It is important that successful evidence-based techniques for teaching students, reach the teachers so that they may be able to implement these for a better working classroom. The poster presentation will be a literature review that will provide teachers with a list of techniques (technology, instruction methods, students self-management skills etc.) that have been used successfully for non-verbal students with ASD within an inclusion classroom, with minimal intrusion.

 
134. FMRI Imaging Results for Adolescents Who Received Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention for Autism as Preschoolers
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TAMLYNN DIANNE GRAUPNER (Adler School of Professional Psychology), Glen O. Sallows (Wisconsin Early Autism Project, Inc.), Richard Davidson (Waisman Center for Brain Imaging and Behavior, Uni)
Abstract: Although many early intensive behavioral treatment studies have found large improvement in about half of autistic children, there is little information on whether this improvement is reflected in normalized brain functioning. In this study, functional magnetic resonance imaging data was collected at age 16 for 15 adolescents who had received intensive behavioral treatment from age three to seven. Data for six typically developing adolescents, and a group of 11 untreated high functioning adolescents with autism with similar age and IQ served as controls. All children were scanned during a facial emotion recognition task to examine patterns of brain activation in areas known to function abnormally in autism during this particular task: fusiform gyrus, amygdala, frontal and occipital lobes. Diffusion Tensor Imaging was used to examine connectivity, also found to be abnormal in autism. Results showed that adolescents who had shown large improvement during treatment had brain activation and connectivity patterns similar to those of the typically developing group and different from those in the untreated group. These findings suggest that early intensive behavioral treatment and processes underlying brain plasticity may result in remediation of abnormal brain functioning, at least for children who show large improvement during treatment.
 
135. Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing: A Comparison of Two Procedures to Increase Spontaneous Vocalizations in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
DANIEL GELARDI (Eden II Programs), Geoffrey D. DeBery (Eden II Programs)
Abstract: The ability to communicate through language production is one of the main deficits in young learners with autism. There is evidence to support Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing (SSP) as an effective tool in early speech acquisition (spontaneous vocalizations, echoics, mands) in people with autism who demonstrate non-existent to low verbal repertoires. Previous studies have contained several variations of Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing procedures. In the current study, participants were exposed to two different variations of Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing (Primed Delivery Pairing & Simple Delivery Pairing) using a multiple schedule design. Results of each procedure were compared to determine which procedure produced greater immediate and subsequent increases in the rate of spontaneous vocalizations. Data analysis was conducted for each procedure on an individual basis. Results for Participant 1 portray an immediate decrease in spontaneous vocalizations within both procedures, with a greater decrease in spontaneous vocalizations in Primed Delivery Pairing when compared to Simple Delivery Pairing. Participant 1 results also show an increase of spontaneous vocalizations subsequent to intervention for both procedures, with a higher increase in spontaneous vocalizations for Primed Delivery Pairing when compared to Simple Delivery Pairing.
 
136. Modification of Articulation Errors in a High-Functioning Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
KELSEY BALLEW (Florida State University), Kassi J. VanderPloeg (Florida State University)
Abstract: Previous studies have suggested that vocal imitation training alone is insufficient in modifying articulation errors and must be accompanied by trainings during more natural speech to achieve sufficient improvement in the overall speech of an individual (Eikeseth & Nesset, 2003; McReynolds, 1981). A treatment package was used to modify the incorrect pronunciation of the /th/ phoneme in a high functioning 9 year old boy with autism. Vocal imitation training was utilized and involved oral motor modeling, immediate feedback, prompt fading, and differential reinforcement of responses more properly blended within the word or phrase. Two reinforcement criteria were used to shape responses. Articulation of the /th/ phoneme in all positions of the words and within sentences significantly improved, generalized to untrained words within sentences and maintained at a 3-month follow-up. Correct articulation within incidental speech was targeted using an error correction procedure for every incorrect emission of the /th/ phoneme and obtained an averaged improvement from 17% accuracy to 96% accuracy that maintained post- vocal imitation training. The efficacy of the combined procedures on the articulation improvement of the /th/ phoneme in natural speech was exhibited.
 
137. Using a Mirror to Teach a Girl With Autism to Imitate in the Natural Environment
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
MARIA DEMAURO (The David Gregory School), Maridsa Reyes (The David Gregory School), Gladys Williams (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje), Stephen John Wuensch (David Gregory School)
Abstract: The purpose of this intervention was to teach generalized imitation to a 3 year-old non-verbal girl with autism. We used the mirror protocol by Longano and Greer (2006) to teach this skill. The procedure was implemented in the students pre-K special needs classroom. It consisted of an initial probe of 20 motor imitations without the use of a mirror. We proceeded to teach gross motor movements in groups of 4 that were not on the probe list. Every time the student met criterion the initial probe was re-assessed to determine acquisition of generalized imitation. We stopped teaching when the student acquired 90% correct responses from the untrained initial probe. The results indicated that this procedure was effective to teach generalized imitation to this 3 year-old non-verbal girl with autism.
 
138. A Comparison of Video Based Training Components as Professional Development Early Intervention Teachers Working With Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Amy D. Wiech (University of Hawaii/Autism Training Solutions/ABC), Mary Jo Noonan (University of Hawaii), EMALEY BLADH MCCULLOCH (Autism Training Solutions)
Abstract:

Professional development is the crux of training teachers and staff in evidence based interventions for teaching students with autism (SWA). Mand training is an effective procedure for increasing functional language and decreasing problematic behavior associated with autism. This dissertation examined the effectiveness of a video-based professional development program to teach mand training to early intervention teachers. Teacher-student dyads included two early intervention teachers and one speech pathologist who participated with SWA. Intervention phases included (1) OTV, (2) feedback, and (3) modeling/coaching sessions. Outcomes in terms of student achievement, specifically the frequency of student manding, were recorded during baseline. Baseline occurred prior to teachers' completion of online self directed training videos (OTV), and during each intervention phase. The teacher implementation of four-step manding procedure was also evaluated. Measuring both the student and the teacher behavior evaluated interventionists� competency improvement following and/or during different training components and concurrently measured student behavior change (manding) across each training component. Results indicated that student manding increased slightly when OTV alone was used for one participant, and with more significance when components of feedback and coaching/modeling were added. These results and data from social validity measures support the hypothesis that feedback and modeling and coaching are all essential for teachers to learn to use mand training to increase communication with their students with ASD. Keywords: autism, verbal behavior, online training, self directed learning program, teachers, teacher development, professional development.

 
139. Teaching a Child With Autism Generalized Imitation Skills Across Goal-less Imitation and Goal Directed Tasks
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BETHANY SCHILLING (A Block Above Behavior Consulting), Alexia Stack (A Block Above Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract: Developing a repertoire of generalized imitation skills is a common goal in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention programs for children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Research indicates that weak imitators at a young age (ie: 2 years of age) are more likely to demonstrate slow acceleration or deceleration in their learning across the acquisition of various skill domains, are less likely to develop vocal verbal behavior, and often demonstrate an increase in the severity of their Autism symptoms across the lifespan when compared to those individuals with autism who are described as being strong imitators. Three imitation tasks: manual and postural movements, actions on objects and oral-facial movements have shown to be impaired in learners with Autism Spectrum Disorder. An individualized curriculum was designed for a 2.8 year old boy diagnosed with Autism, considered a weak imitator to teach generalized imitation skills via goal-less and goal-directed imitation tasks. Initial programs developed to teach generalized imitation skills included: Gross Motor Imitation, Object Imitation, Block Imitation, Sound Imitation, and Play Imitation. Data-based decision and modifications were made on a weekly basis.
 
140. Adult Contingent and Extended Vocal Imitation Increased Social Interaction During a Conversation Between Adult and Children With ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
YUKA ISHIZUKA (Keio University), Natsumi Ishikawa (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University)
Abstract: Previous studies have showed that adult's contingent imitation is effective for facilitating social behavior (e.g., eye contact) in children with ASD. However, it was not clear that adult contingent and extended contingent vocal imitation is effect for children's spontaneous speech during conversation with experimenter. In this study, we examined the effect on children's spontaneous speech during conversation using ABABAB design. Each condition implemented in 3-4 sessions. One session lasted 3 minutes. This study implemented in two conditions which were non-imitative adult contingent vocal response (CR) and adult contingent. In CR condition, the experimenter didn't imitate but responded with contingent response for children's speech. In CEI condition, the experimenter did imitate and extended all children's speech. The results demonstrated that adult contingent and extended vocal imitation increased the rate of child's spontaneous vocal imitation. In Addition, the total numbers of vocal turn taking between children and experimenter also increased in CEI condition. These findings suggest that using adult contingent and extended vocal imitation become positive social interaction between adult and children with ASD.
 
141. The Effects of Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates of Behavior (DRL) on Motor and Vocal Stereotypy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TYLA M. FREWING (University of British Columbia), Sara Boisselle (Private Practitioner), Sara White (Sendan Center)
Abstract: The effects of a differential reinforcement of low rates of behavior (DRL) with response cost and stimulus control procedures on stereotypy were evaluated using an ABA reversal design replicated across two settings in the elementary school environment. A nine-year-old boy diagnosed with autism and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) participated. A DRL with response cost procedure was implemented such that contingent on engagement in stereotypy, one block was removed. If at least one block remained at the end of a timed interval, the participant was provided with access to reinforcement. Intervals were initially short (e.g. 2-minutes), then systematically increased. Results showed stereotypy was variable and high in baseline, immediately reduced to zero-rates when the DRL was implemented and immediately increased again with a return to baseline. Following the initial assessment, the initially short (e.g., two minute) intervals were extended and results were replicated across two environments in the school setting.
 
142. Increased Speech Production in Two Participants With Autism Following SGD Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ROCHE LAURA (Student), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract: It is estimated that over 25% of children diagnosed with an Autism Spectrum Disorder will fail to develop an appreciable amount of speech. Originally, Alternative and Augmentative Communication (AAC) systems have been implemented as functional communication tools to aide in the replacement of speech for non-verbal children. In this study, two children with ASD and emerging speech were taught to mand for preferred toys using an iPad-based Speech Generating Device (SGD). Following intervention, the SGD was removed as a communication device and the frequency of verbal manding for the same items were recorded. The data indicates that SGD training had a positive effect on the participants speech production as both children began verbally requesting the preferred items following the removal of the SGD. These results suggest that in addition to replacing functional communication, AAC systems may help promote speech development in children with ASD. The educational implications of these results are discussed.
 
143. How are Tablets and Other Devices Being Used With Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA J. DANTONA (Beacon ABA Services), John Claude Ward-Horner (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Research indicates that the use of electronic devices, such as tablets and iPads, is a practical tool for children with disabilities (Kagohara et al., 2013). These devices may serve multiple purposes for children with autism, which includes communication, education, and leisure activities. One concern with the use of electronic devices is that they may limit social interactions, which is a skill deficit of children diagnosed with ASD. Additionally, if students have unrestricted access to games and leisure activities, it may hinder their use of the device as a communication tool and may serve to diminish the value of the device as a reinforcer. The goal of the present study was to conduct a survey of how children with autism use electronic devices. Parents of children with autism completed the survey that included both open-ended and closed ended questions regarding the use of electronic devices. Preliminary data indicate that non-verbal students use electronic devices for both communication and leisure and that they spend a greater portion of their day using electronic devices than their verbal peers.
 
144. Improving Social Skills, Inferencing, and Motor Skill in Children With Autism Within the Context of a Fitness Class
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
TAMARA S. KASPER (The Center for Autism Treatment)
Abstract: Many children with autism lack the social interaction/social communication, and fitness skills needed to participate in recess, gym class, community sponsored sports offerings, and games played at family gatherings. The purpose of this study was to measure the effectiveness of a behaviorally-based treatment package to improve social skills, inferencing, and motor skills for children with autism age 6-11 within the context of a fitness based social communication group: Friends and Fitness. The treatment package included brief explanation, video/actual model, role play, guided practice, and feedback during application exercises. Specific skills in three domains: social communication skills, logical inferencing, and motor skills were selected for treatment. Training was provided by a BCBA and a certified personal trainer in the context of an integrated group of 8-14 participants. Target skills were measured in baseline, after 30 hours of intervention, and during a follow up probe three months later. Results revealed improvement from baseline in all areas for all participants in post-treatment and follow up probes. Parent report indicated generalization of skills to other environments. Results suggest that this treatment package may be effective in improving social interaction/ social communication skills, and fitness, and may promote greater community integration in athletically-oriented social activities.
 
145. Sibling-Mediated Interventions for Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
LINDSAY MORIN (Michigan State University), Carolyn Shivers (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

Extensive research has shown that peer-mediated interventions for children with autism are highly effective (e.g. Sperry, Neitzel, & Englehardt-Wells, 2010). Far less, however, is known about how well children with autism perform when taught by a typically developing sibling. For years, researchers have incorporated typically developing siblings into interventions as models or instructors for the child with autism. However, there have been no reviews consolidating the evidence regarding siblings' teaching ability. Research in the field of Autism spectrum disorders focuses mainly on the individual diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), and rarely on the capability of the interventionist. Therefore, it is not known how effective siblings are overall as interventionists for children with ASD, nor what type of interventions are best suited for sibling involvement. The purpose of this poster is to review the existing literature, to summarize the types of interventions in which researchers involve siblings, and to discuss whether typically developing siblings are adequate intervention practitioners for their family members with autism spectrum disorder.

 
146. Evidence-Based Comprehensive Treatment Approaches for Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Review of the Literature
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SOYEON KANG (The University of Texas at Austin), Christina Fragale (The University of Texas, The Meadows Center for the Prevention of Educational Risk), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: This study systematically reviewed empirical studies to identify the key elements (i.e., service delivery, treatment modalities, assessments, and outcomes) associated with effective comprehensive treatments for individuals with ASD. The inclusion criteria were as follows: a) all participants were diagnosed with ASD between age 3 and10; b) the treatment program consisted of multiple components designed to address multiple developmental domains (e.g., cognitive ability, language, adaptive behavior, social-emotional area, and severity of ASD); c) the study employed a rigorous experimental design (e.g., randomized controlled trials or pre/post-tests with a control group); and d) the study was published in peer-reviewed journals in English between 1964 and 2013. A total of 40 studies were identified for inclusion. The studies treatment programs were categorized into four types of theoretical framework: an applied behavior analysis (ABA), a developmental approach, a hybrid that combined ABA and developmental approaches, and an idiosyncratic approach. They were analyzed according to the effective key elements. The results provide evaluative information for a comprehensive autism program that helps parents, service providers, advocates, and relevant government entities select or revise treatment programs, or adopt the future direction of a program for individuals with ASD.
 
147. Fading of Multiple Dimensions of Interaction to Increase Tolerance of Social Attention for An Individual Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHARI M. PINCUS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Faris Kronfli (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meghan Deshais (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Steven Hudkins (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: A primary diagnostic criteria for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is deficits in social communication and interaction (DSM-V). One potential reason for this deficit is that some individuals with ASD find interactions with others aversive (Hagopian, Wilson, & Wilder, 2001). This is evidenced by the fact that these individuals will avoid or escape social interactions by engaging in severe problem behavior (Hagopian et al., 2001; Taylor & Carr, 1992). Typically, in these cases, a treatment where the child is taught an appropriate skill (either compliance or communication) to gain access to escape is used. However, this type of treatment is not always practical and teaching these individuals to tolerate interactions is essential to treating deficits in social communication and interaction. In the current study, multiple dimensions of social interaction were faded into a context where socially-avoidant problem behavior occurred to increase tolerance of interactions for one individual diagnosed with ASD. Results indicate that the fading procedure was successful teaching tolerance to interactions. Future studies may look at pairing positive reinforcement with social interactions to increase enjoyment of social interactions.
 
148. Decreasing the Frequency of Inappropriate Verbalizations Using a Stimulus Control Package and Differential Reinforcement
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MEAGAN FRIEL (Devereux Pennsylvania's Center for Autism Research and Educational Services), Tara Deuso (Devereux Pennsylvania's Center for Autism Research and Educational Services)
Abstract: This study examines the effect of a stimulus control package and differential reinforcement of diminishing rates of behavior on inappropriate verbalizations using a reversal design. The participant is a 21 year old male who attends an approved private school for individuals with autism. His inappropriate verbalizations include speaking in a deep voice, yelling or screaming, laughing above a conversational level and laughing in response to peer redirections. The stimulus control package includes the use of color coded wristbands, a color coded daily schedule and written rules to signify appropriate vs. inappropriate tasks and activities in which to engage in inappropriate verbalizations. Frequency data on inappropriate verbalizations was collected daily by classroom staff and used to determine specific criteria for reinforcement. Anticipated results will show that the wristbands gained stimulus control over the inappropriate verbalizations and that reinforcement for diminishing the behavior led to the participants ability to more successfully function in both the school and community environments.
 
149. Comparing the Effects of Video Model Content on Vocal and Motor Imitation
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
VICTORIA SADLER (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Video modeling has been shown to effectively teach pretend play to children with autism (Reagon, Higbee, & Endicott, 2006; MacDonald, Sacramone, Mansfield, Wiltz, & Ahearn, 2009). The purpose of the current study is to compare two types of video models to determine if one version more reliably produces vocal and motor responses across 10 children with autism. Participants were randomly assigned to one of the two video model conditions (Play scene video and Repetitive video). Participants assigned to the play condition viewed a video containing 6 motor actions and 6 vocal responses that all related to a train play theme (i.e., pushing the train on the track with the vocal “choo choo”). Participants assigned to the repetitive play condition viewed a video containing 2 motor actions repeated across 3 items (i.e., touching a train, a dog, then a tree) and a vocal response describing the motor action being preformed (i.e., “touch train”). Prior to and following video modeling experimenters measured participants’ motor and vocal responses during a 30-s session in which the participants engaged with the items depicted in the video model. The results indicate that acquisition of responses varied across participants
 
150. Effects of Point of View and Scene Video Modeling on Imitation of Vocal and Motor Responses
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KIMBERLY FLINT (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Video modeling (VM) has been used to teach individuals with developmental disabilities and autism to complete various tasks such as play (Hine & Wolery, 2006), self-help (Shipley-Benamou, Lutzker, Taubman, 2002) leisure (Stromer, Kimball, Kinney, & Taylor, 2006) and academics (Charlop & Milstein, 1989). However, there are many variations of video modeling and little data on differences in skill acquisition from one form of modeling versus another. The purpose of this study was to compare the effects of the presentation of two common forms of video modeling (Point of View VM and Scene VM) on the imitation of vocal and motor responses depicted in the videos. In baseline, play items were presented to the participant and data were collected on vocal and motor responses for 60 seconds. In the treatment condition, participants viewed either the point of view VM or the scene VM of a play routine, then the play items were presented and again data were collected on the target responses. The results suggest that little difference in demonstration of motor responses were seen across video types, however imitation of vocal responses occurred more frequently in the point of view VM condition.
 
151. A Comparison of Video Modeling Procedures That Do and Do Not Depict Reinforcement Delivery
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARISSA MURPJHY (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Video modeling is considered an effective technique for teaching a wide range of skills to individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Video modeling is an instructional procedure which involves the participant viewing a video of a model engaging in the target behavior and then imitating the actions as seen. However, no studies to date have addressed whether or not depicting the model receiving reinforcement contingent upon engaging in the targeted response as part of the video being presented affects the rate at which the skill is acquired. The current study was designed to compare video modeling procedures that do and do not depict reinforcement delivery. An alternating treatments design was used. In one condition the participant was shown videos that depicted the model correctly performing the target behavior and receiving reinforcement. In the other condition the participant was shown videos that end immediately after the model performs the target behavior. Preliminary data suggests that there is little difference in rates of acquisition between the two treatment conditions.
 
152. Decreasing Off-Task Challenging Behavior in a Boy with Autism Using Video Feedback and Self-Monitoring
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
WHITNEY GILLILAND (Texas A&M University)
Abstract: Off-task behaviors in children with autism often present a unique challenge for teachers because they interfere with quality instruction. People with autism have a tendency to think in terms of visual stimuli. Therefore, a combination of video feedback and video self-monitoring may be useful in the reduction of off-task behaviors in children with autism. The purpose of this study is to examine the efficacy of video feedback and video self-monitoring in the off-task behavior of an individual with autism. This intervention was successful in reducing his off-task behavior as indicated by statistical and visual analysis. Limitations and implications for future research are discussed.
 
153. Functional Analysis to Determine Function of Perseverative Speech in an Adolescent Diagnosed With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MIRANDA DEPOY (Partnership for Behavior Change), Delainey Barkes (Indiana University South Bend and Partnership for Behavior Change), Sorah Stein (Partnership for Behavior Change)
Abstract: Individuals with autism often display stereotyped or repetitive use of language, such as perseverating on the same subject (Rehfeldt & Chambers, 2003). Perseveration is defined as repetitive engagement in a behavior i.e., repeating a word over and over (Newman et al., 2003). Thus, we defined vocal perseveration as repeated vocalization of any word, combination of words, or sounds. The present study examined vocal perseverations of a fifteen-year-old boy, diagnosed with autism. Baseline was determined by review of data (daily-per-minute, standard celeration chart). Brief (five-minute) functional analysis conditions were run (attention, alone, tangible, demand). Sessions were videotaped and watched later by three observers. Incidents of vocal perseveration were graphed on a timings chart by count per minute, which indicated vocal perseveration is maintained by attention, with the highest frequency in the attention condition and even higher when an audible clicker for tracking incidents of vocal perseveration was used in combination with attention, and lowest frequency in an ignore condition. Results informed treatment, such that in addition to teaching socially appropriate conversation exchanges, an audible clicker is no longer used and a planned ignore, similar to that used in the functional analysis condition is the consequence for vocal perseveration.
 
154. The Use of Fading and Punishment Procedures to Decrease Spitting Behavior for An Individual Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
FARIS KRONFLI (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meghan Deshais (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Steven Hudkins (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Shari M. Pincus (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may exhibit behaviors that serve no function and are possibly detrimental to their well-being. These are behaviors that occur independent of environmental manipulations. Spitting is one example that could impact the individuals health and prevent the intake of appropriate caloric needs. Treatments that target these automatically reinforced behaviors may include punishment procedures (Vollmer, 1994). In the current study, an individual with ASD was taught to spit into a designated cup and an overcorrection procedure was implemented for spitting behavior that occurred outside the cup. Once spitting was under the stimulus control of the cup, fading of the cup was implemented until it was only available for thirty seconds of the session. This was generalized to meals with success, decreasing the frequency of spitting behavior.
 
155. Using Preference/ Avoidance Assessment of Sounds to Identify Potential Punishers for Treatment of Vocal Stereotypy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Jaimie Decker Mulcahy (Douglass Developmental Disability Center, Rutgers University), MATTHEW L. EDELSTEIN (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University  ), Katelyn Selver (Douglass Developmental Disability Center, Rutgers University  ), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disability Center, Rutgers University  )
Abstract: Vocal stereotypy can interfere with student progress in acquiring new skills and may also be socially stigmatizing, yet reducing stereotypy can pose a challenge. The present study includes a 10-year-old male participant with autism who engages in vocal stereotypy at high levels throughout the school day (averaging over 40% engagement during sample intervals). A preliminary assessment was conducted of auditory stimuli that may be included as potential punishers in a proposed treatment involving contingent presentation of non-preferred auditory stimuli (alarms, musical tones, etc.). To assess the student's relative preference for/ aversion to various sounds, the sounds were presented one at a time on a Mini-Me recording device. The evaluator first played the sound for the student and then prompted the student to press the Mini-Me and play the sound twice. The Mini-Me was then placed in front of the student for 2 minutes, during which time the number of independent presses and aversion responses (e.g., throwing the Mini-Me) were recorded. Both potential aversive sounds and sounds suspected to be preferred by the student, as reported by classroom teachers, were included. Of the 21 sounds included, 9 sounds were identified as low preference and will be included in the proposed intervention.
 
156. Using Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior (DRO) to Reduce Vocal Stereotypy of a Teenager With Autism Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
YU-HSUAN CHEN (SEEK Education, Inc., Taiwan), Shu-Hwei Ke (SEEK Education, Inc.), James King (SEEK Education, Inc.)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate the effectiveness of differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) in reducing the vocal stereotypy at work. Functional analysis was conducted to identify the function. The result of FA indicated that the vocal stereotypy was likely maintained by positive social consequences. After the assessment, DRO was implemented to reduce the vocal stereotypy. The results indicated that DRO was successful in reducing the vocal stereotypy.
 
157. Teaching Social Skills to Adolescents With Autism and Intellectual Disabilities Using Video-based Group Instruction
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
TIFFANY KAID (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University), Mari MacFarland (Michigan State University), Annie Bernacki (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

Very few studies exist that examine social skills instruction for adolescents with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and intellectual disabilities (ID) (Reichow & Volkmar, 2010). Studies examining the effectiveness of interventions implemented within the public school setting, where a majority of adolescents with ASD and ID receive instruction, are still needed. The current investigation evaluated the effects of a social skills training program designed for adolescents with ASD, video-based group instruction (VGI), on the acquisition of more complex social skills by five high school aged students with ASD or ID in the public school setting. VGI was implemented daily for 45 to 50 min by a classroom teacher. A multiple probe across behaviors design was used to examine the effectiveness of VGI to train and increase the targeted social skills. The data collected to date (see attached) suggest VGI leads to the acquisition and reliable performance of many targeted social skills.

 
158. Effects of Serial and Concurrent Teaching on Generalization During Discrete Trial Instruction
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARIE-MICHÈLE DUFOUR (Université de Montréal), Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal)
Abstract: To promote generalization during discrete trial instruction, practitioners often teach each training target using multiple exemplars. The practitioner may introduce these exemplars either serially (i.e., one at a time) or concurrently (i.e., all at once). The results of some studies have suggested that concurrent training may be preferable (Ferguson & McDonnell, 1991; Schroeder & Baer, 1972), but these effects were not replicated with young children with autism spectrum disorders. To this end, the purpose of our study is to compare the effects of serial and concurrent teaching on the generalization of three children with autism spectrum disorders during discrete trial instruction. For each participant, we taught three pairs of concepts, which we introduced sequentially within a multiple baseline design. Within each pair, one target was taught using serial teaching and the other using concurrent teaching. We alternated teaching sessions within a multielement design and measured correct responding on taught and untaught exemplars. Data collection is still ongoing, but our preliminary results suggest that concurrent teaching may produce correct responding on untaught exemplars more rapidly than serial teaching. The results will be discussed in terms of improving teaching procedures during discrete trial instruction.
 
159. Effect of Least-to-Most Prompting on Teaching Symbolic Play Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Serife Sahin (Anadolu University), Arzu Özen (Anadolu Universty)
Abstract: Teaching play skills is among the priority targets in establishing appropriate peer interaction for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) (Dunlap, 2009; Lovaas, 2003). Analyzing literature, it is seen that children with ASD have limited symbolic play skills. Symbolic play which is a kind of cognitive play, is an important play skill that supports childrens perception of their environment, helping them understand how to interact with their environment. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of Least-to Most Prompting in teaching symbolic play skills to children with ASD. Three male children with ASD, whose age from 4 to 5 participated in the study.This study was conducted by changing-criterion design which is a model within single subject research model. The changing-criterion design is comprised of three phases. The changing-criterion design is comprised of three phases. The first phase of the study comprises functional play skills, while the second phase comprises one symbolic play behavior and the third phase comprises two symbolic play behaviors. Social validity of the study will be determined by the data collected from the mothers of participants. Since this study is still in progress, results will be shared during the presentation.
 
160. Effects of Fluency Training on Endurance and Retention of Assembly Tasks in an Adolescent With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HYEJIN SHIN (Kongju National University), Suyoun Jeung (Kongju National University), Youngeun Kim (Kongju National University), Seunghack Choi (Kongju National University), Eunhee Paik (Kongju National University), Jung Yeon Cho (Daegu Cyber University), Munbong Yang (Milal Special School)
Abstract: The present study tested effects of fluency versus accuracy training on performance and endurance of assembly tasks. The participant was 16-year old male student with autism who was attending special education high school. The study was conducted during job training class. Using alternating treatment design, rate of production of task performance under fluency training condition and under accuracy training condition were tested. During the fluency training condition , the participant was required to complete the task within a specific time period in order to gain an access to reinforcers. During the accuracy condition, there was no time limit for completion of the task in order to gain an access to the reinforcers. Two separate assembly tasks with same number of steps and with similar level of difficulty were assigned for each condition. Following the training sessions, the participant performed each task during 10- and 20- minute work sessions to assess endurance and retention of the trained skills by measuring number of products per 10 minutes and number of cessations per 10 minutes. The results showed that the fluency training produced greater rate of production, endurance, and retention. Key words: fluency, accuracy, retention, endurance, assembly task
 
161. Teaching Applied Behavior Analysis Tutors to Assess The Treatment Integrity of Discrete-Trial Teachings Sessions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JADE WIGHTMAN (University of Manitoba), Ashley L. Boris (University of Manitoba), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: The current study evaluated a self-instructional package for teaching applied behavior analysis (ABA) tutors to use the Discrete-Trials Teaching Evaluation Form (DTTEF) to assess the treatment integrity of discrete-trials teaching sessions. Three participants were assessed in a multiple baseline design which was replicated. At baseline, participants evaluated the DTT accuracy of a confederate role playing a teacher using DTT to teach three tasks to a confederate role-playing a child with autism. Teaching accuracy was manipulated to be either poor, moderate, or high across the three tasks, and was assessed using the DTTEF. During training, participants read the DTTEF instructional manual, answered study questions, and practiced using the DTTEF to score videos of a teacher using DTT. At post-training, participants taught the same three tasks as in baseline, however the accuracy of teaching a task differed from what the participant was exposed to during baseline. Results indicated that the manual was effective in teaching ABA tutors to evaluate the treatment integrity of a DTT session using the DTTEF. This finding is important as treatment integrity is an important component of effective early intensive behavioral interventions.
 
162. Discounting of Monetary Rewards and Treatment Outcomes by Caregivers of Children With Autism Using Visual Approximation
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANDREA R. REAVIS (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Research has shown that as the delay to an outcome increases, the subjective value of that outcome decreases, or is discounted (Lattal, 2010). Most studies of delay discounting in humans have presented participants with choices between hypothetical monetary rewards (Rachlin et al., 1991). Call et al. (2012) has also found that delay discounting may be a useful way of conceptualizing the influence of delayed treatment outcomes on the choices caregivers make regarding behavioral treatments for their child's problem behavior. Call et al. conducted two delay discounting assessments which included the commodities of hypothetical monetary rewards and hypothetical treatment outcomes using procedures consistent with those of other studies on delay discounting. One limitation of the Call et al. study was that the procedures implemented were quite lengthy, with each delay discounting assessment taking approximately 30 min. In the current study, the procedures used in Call et al. were replicated with seven participants. Each participant was also given two brief questionnaires that assessed delay discounting using fill-in-the blank and visual approximation methods. Results showed that participants discounted similarly during in vivo and questionnaire formats, suggesting that the shorter assessment may be a viable replacement for the more lengthy assessment.
 
163. Assessing a Comparative Evaluation Procedure of ProLoQuo 2 Go Versus PECS as Primary Modes of Communication in Non-Verbal Learners With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CATHLEEN M. ALBERTSON (Devereux CARES), Christa Schoen (Avon Grove School District), Lucas Cepeda (Devereux CARES), Christin Venable (Devereux CARES), Elizabeth Smith (Devereux CARES)
Abstract: We examined ProLoQuo2Go and PECS as modes of communication in three students with autism. Participants were male students ages 17, 8 and 8 in two different education settings for individuals with autism. Each participant was trained in the use of both modes of communication prior to these trials, although ProLoQuo2Go was the more novel mode for each participant. An alternating treatments design was utilized to examine students total mands per minute, length of utterance, latency between initiating and completing the mand, and prompts needed (1) to initiate request and (2) to exchange message for both PECS and ProLoQuo2Go (PLQ). Inter-observer agreement data were not collected formally. During each set of trials there were two or more researchers present (range: 50-100% of trials across participants) to monitor treatment and data collection integrity. Results demonstrate that for each of the responses assessed across all three participants skills were comparable using both modes to communicate. Interdisciplinary teams reviewed these data and concluded that PLQ on an iPad or iPod Touch device was the best choice for mode of communication due to its generality and social validity. The researchers suggest this procedure as a method for objectively assessing a communication mode for non-verbal learners.
 
164. The Effect of a Backward Chaining Procedure to Increase Transitioning Behaviour in a Child With an Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELLE LYONS (Irish Centre of Behavioural Support and Research), Louise Heffernan (Irish Centre of Behavioural Support and Research)
Abstract: The current intervention was implemented with a 3 year old with a diagnosis of autism who displayed severe challenging behaviour in the form of physical aggression, self injury, and severe tantrum behaviour and non-compliance with instructions and transitions. A functional analysis was conducted under the following conditions: 1) Alone, 2) Toy Play, 3) Escape (from transition), 4) Escape (from instruction), 5) Escape (from peer), 6) Attention. The results of the functional analysis indicated that the primary function of the client's behaviour was to escape from transitioning between daily activities. A potential secondary function of escape from demand and to gain attention were also noted in the analysis. As part of the individualised behaviour support plan a transition program was implemented which employed backward chaining and an adapted visual schedule to promote independent transitioning between daily activities. Baseline data indicated significant duration and frequency of challenging behaviour during transitions between activities. Intervention data indicates a decrease to zero levels in the duration of independent transitions Functional Communication Training and other environmental changes were also introduced to support the client during their daily routine.
 
165. A Component Analysis of Procedures That Facilitate Computer-Assisted Reading for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KARA CONSTANTINE (Michigan State University), Lindsay Morin (Michigan State University), Dana Billings (Holt Public Schools), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University), Troy Mariage (Michigan State University), Carol Sue Englert (Michigan State University)
Abstract: Despite evidence-based programs focused on language, behavioral, and social skill training, there is a paucity of research that explores how to improve early literacy skills for children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). MimioSprout Early Reading (MSER) is a behavior analytic reading program that combines web-based and teacher-led instruction to teach children to read. However, the supports needed for children with ASD to access the instructional program are unclear. The present studies examined the sequential and combined application of behavioral and instructional supports on the correct response rate of 8 children with ASD. In Study 1, a multiple baseline design was used to assess whether behavioral supports improved rate of correct responding, and if the addition of teacher-delivered instructional supports further improved response rate for 4 children with ASD. In Study 2, a multiple baseline across participants design was used to evaluate the effects of the combined intervention package on the rate of correct responding for 4 novel participants. Preliminary results suggest both components are necessary for effective reading instruction. This poster will provide: (1) graphical displays revealing intra and inter-individual differences over time, (2) specific behavioral and instructional supports used, and (3) video exemplars of students participation across intervention phases.
 
166. Using Video Prompting to Teach Food Preparation Tasks to Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities Using iPad Technology
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA GULD FISHER (Melmark), Meghan Kane (Melmark), Kylee Merendino (Melmark), Jennifer Croner (Melmark)
Abstract: There has been a growing trend in the research of teaching self-help, leisure, and vocational skills using video technology, as demonstrated by the recent number of research studies investigating video modeling and video prompting (e.g., Cannella-Malone et al., 2006; Goodson, Sigafoos, O’Reilly, Cannella, & Lancioni, 2007; Sigafoos et al., 2005; Sigafoos et al., 2007; Van Laarhoven, Johnson, Van Laarhoven-Myers, Grider, & Grider, 2009). Video technology allows for the teaching of skills that consist of response chains with less reliance on caregiver prompting (Cannella, O’Reilly, & Lancioni, 2005). The purpose of this study is to draw on previous research to demonstrate the effectiveness of a video prompting procedure delivered via an iPad, to teach food preparation skills to adolescent individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. A multiple probe design across behaviors was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the video prompting procedure. The results will be presented and discussed in terms of the effectiveness of the video prompting procedure, the strengths and benefits, and the implications for subject selection.
 
167. Small Group Instructional Procedures for Teaching Children and Youth With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
NANCY K. WARREN (Shining Through Centre), Karla Khoury (Shining Through Centre)
Abstract: Children and youth with autism often struggle with participating appropriately in group-based instructional activities, and many are unsuccessful with learning new skills in the context of group instruction. Despite well-documented deficits in this area, there has been very little research aimed at evaluating instructional procedures that may be useful in improving the productivity of group instructional efforts children and youth with autism. The first study examines the use of Behavioral Skills Training to teach Instructors to apply well-documented behavioral procedures in small group instruction settings. The second study examines the use of well-documented behavioral procedures (e.g. well-timed reinforcement, pacing of instruction, stimulus control transfer procedures, task difficulty manipulation, etc.) on the client's acquisition of repertoires that are necessary for learning in group instruction activities. The studies take place at a community-based autism treatment clinic. It is expected that Behavioral Skills Training will be an effective Instructor-training methodology, and that basic behavioural intervention procedures may be applied successfully to improve performance and the ability to benefit from group instruction activities for children an youth with autism.
 
168. Measuring Outcomes of Parents Teaching Functional Skills to Their Son With Autism Using the Assessment of Functional Living Skills (AFLS)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JAMES W. PARTINGTON (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Lisa Squadere Watson (Bevavior Analysts, Inc.)
Abstract: Children with a diagnosis of autism frequently have major deficits in their ability to perform a wide range of skills necessary for routine daily activities. These deficits in functional living skills often limit the individual’s options to participate in many family and community activities. The present study demonstrates the effectiveness of a parent-based intervention to teach functional living skills to a 10-year-old boy diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. Data were collected on the Basic Living Skills, Home Skills and Community Participation Skills protocols of the AFLS assessment. The boy’s parents then implemented a teaching program to develop their son’s skills in each of those areas. Data are presented following 10 months of intervention. The data demonstrate that the boy made significant progress in many skill areas of the assessment. Follow-up data will also be presented that will demonstrate that those new skills were maintained and that additional functional skills continue to be acquired.
 
169. Using an Acceptability Questionnaire to Improve Integrity of Behavioral Intervention
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
BENJAMIN R. THOMAS (Claremont Graduate University), Michael Lafasakis (Hospital Clinic Home Center, Inc.)
Abstract: Many children with developmental disabilities engage in maladaptive behaviors that require management with behavioral intervention procedures (Smith, Vollmer, & St. Peter Pipkin, 2007). The effectiveness of these behavioral interventions however, is directly influenced by the integrity with which they are implemented (Gresham, 1989; St. Peter Pipkin, Vollmer, & Sloman, 2010). Proper implementation of behavior interventions is critical for producing desirable changes in student behavior. Unfortunately, many educators do not find certain intervention components acceptable and as a result fail to use them consistently. This study evaluated the effects of using an acceptability questionnaire as a tool for rating and choosing behavioral intervention components that may lead to greater treatment integrity. Prior to using the questionnaire, four trained educators in a public special education classroom rarely used the recommended procedures to manage the problem behavior of one child with autism, despite evidence of the effectiveness of the procedures with that child (M = 8.25%, range = 0-33%). Following the questionnaire and subsequent inclusion of components rated as most acceptable, three of the four educators greatly improved their use of intervention procedures (M = 70.24%, range = 50-75%), resulting in a substantial reduction in the childs problem behavior during those sessions. Implications for practice and future research will be discussed during the poster session.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}